Cover art for Alien Thinking

Alien Thinking

Summary

From three top innovation experts at IMD Business School comes a smart new model for innovative thinking and problem solving. How do people come up with truly original ideas? For the past decade, the authors of this book have studied individuals who have made leaps of creativity - inventors, scientists, doctors, entrepreneurs, and artists - and concluded that there are five patterns of thinking that distinguish them from the rest of us. These five patterns - Attention, Levitation, Imagination, Experimentation, and Navigation - lead to a fresh and flexible approach to problem-solving. Alien thinkers know how to free the imagination, so it can detect hard-to-observe patterns. They practice deliberate ways to retreat from the world in order to see the big picture underlying a problem. And, they have learned how to change their prototype ideas in systematic ways to reflect feedback and the constraints of reality. Through surprising and compelling stories, the authors show how listeners can adopt their five patterns of thinking and use it to develop world-changing ideas. From the WHO's first major breakthrough in treating the Ebola virus, to the balloonist Betrand Piccard's first circumnavigation of the Earth without using fuel, and a British inventor's device that creates electrical power from human footsteps, Alien Thinking can help any of us find innovative solutions to the most difficult problems. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2021 Cyril Bouquet, Jean-Louis Barsoux, Michael Wade (P)2021 PublicAffairs

Available on Audible
Cover art for Just Work

Just Work

Summary

From Kim Scott, author of the revolutionary New York Times best seller Radical Candor, comes Just Work: Get Sh*t Done, Fast & Fair - how we can recognize, attack, and eliminate workplace injustice - and transform our careers and organizations in the process. We - all of us - consistently exclude, underestimate, and underutilize huge numbers of people in the workforce even as we include, overestimate, and promote others, often beyond their level of competence. Not only is this immoral and unjust, it's bad for business. Just Work is the solution. Just Work is Kim Scott's new book, revealing a practical framework for both respecting everyone’s individuality and collaborating effectively. This is the essential guide leaders and their employees need to create more just workplaces and establish new norms of collaboration and respect.    A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press "Too many workplaces undervalue talented women and people of color while promoting mediocre white men. As a tech exec, entrepreneur, and CEO coach, Kim has zero tolerance for injustice. Her book tackles serious issues with clarity and humor to highlight smart steps that we can all take to combat discrimination and promote fairness." (Adam Grant)

©2021 Kim Scott (P)2021 Macmillan Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Crush It!

Crush It!

346 ratings

Summary

Crush It! 2.0: The Audiobook: Read by Gary Vaynerchuk, this audiobook version contains additional material not found in the best-selling hardcover edition. Do you have a hobby you wish you could indulge in all day? An obsession that keeps you up at night? Now is the perfect time to take that passion and make a living doing what you love. In Crush It! Why NOW Is the Time to Cash In on Your Passion, Gary Vaynerchuk shows you how to use the power of the Internet to turn your real interests into real businesses. Gary spent years building his family business from a local wine shop into a national industry leader. Then one day he turned on a video camera, and by using the secrets revealed here, transformed his entire life and earning potential by building his personal brand. By the end of this book, listeners will have learned how to harness the power of the Internet to make their entrepreneurial dreams come true. Step by step, Crush It! is the ultimate driver's manual for modern business.

©2009 Gary Vaynerchuk (P)2009 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for Like She Owns the Place

Like She Owns the Place

40 ratings

Summary

From the woman who has built an empire of badass female entrepreneurs comes the long-awaited sequel to Girl Code. Cara Alwill Leyba's riveting voice and kinship with her audience drove the self-published success of Girl Code, a book that encouraged women to support each other in the business community. Now her many fans are ready to take the next step: building sustainable confidence from the ground up. Most women who are insecure look for the equivalent of a sugar rush, such as telling themselves they're better than other people or changing the way they look. But those tricks won't protect them from losing confidence in the future. Neither will simply being outspoken and aggressive, if those traits aren't authentic. Leyba has three simple but provocative arguments. First, confidence doesn't come from "winning" - it comes comes from ignoring the success narratives we absorb from magazines and movies. Second, the impressions people make on others depend on their personalities, not their looks - so there's no reason to use the word ugly, ever. Finally, the foundation of confidence comes from "audacious auditing", Leyba's term for identifying toxic people and habits and getting rid of them. Written in her chatty older-sister voice, and full of revealing stories from every stage of Cara's life, Like She Owns the Place will help listeners rewire their minds to be more confident. Take it from the woman who quit her job at MTV, dyed her hair pink, and made herself a best-selling author - there's a path to becoming stronger and happier.

©2018 Cara Alwill Leyba (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for 12 Months to $1 Million

12 Months to $1 Million

86 ratings

Summary

Your road map to a seven-figure business...in one year or less By cutting out the noise and providing a clear and proven plan, this road map helps even brand-new entrepreneurs make decisions quickly, get their product up for sale, and launch it to a crowd that is ready and waiting to buy. This one-year plan will guide you through the three stages to your first $1 million: The Grind (Months 0-4): This step-by-step plan will help you identify a winning product idea, target customers that are guaranteed to buy, secure funding, and take your first sale within your first four months. The Growth (Months 5-8): Once you're in business, you will discover how to use cheap and effective advertising strategies to get your product to at least 25 sales per day, so you can prove you have a profitable business. The Gold (Months 9-12): It's time to establish series of products available for sale, until you are averaging at least 100 sales per day, getting you closer to the million-dollar mark every single day. Through his training sessions at Capitalism.com, Ryan Daniel Moran has helped new and experienced entrepreneurs launch scalable and sustainable online businesses. He's seen more than 100 entrepreneurs cross the seven-figure barrier, many of whom go on to sell their businesses. If your goal is to be a full-time entrepreneur, get ready for one chaotic, stressful, and rewarding year. If you have the guts to complete it, you will be the proud owner of a million-dollar business and be in a position to call your own shots for life.

©2020 Ryan Moran (P)2020 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Chillpreneur

Chillpreneur

88 ratings

Summary

Feeling burned out by your business? Sick of the "hustle and grind" culture of your industry? There's a better way! Get over your perfectionism and embrace the flow of the chillpreneur. Denise Duffield-Thomas, money mindset coach and best-selling author, will show you how with her trademark humor and down-to-earth wisdom. In this book, she shares invaluable business advice and counter-intuitive millionaire mindset lessons (no blood, sweat, or tears necessary) which will set you on the path of abundance - without all the hard work. You'll discover how to find the business model that works perfectly for your personality, learn about key concepts - such as the golden goose and the keyless life - to help you work less and earn more, and become a marketing pro without feeling like a sleazy car salesman. Plus, Denise talks you through the smaller - but no less important - details of being an entrepreneur, including how to deal with awkward money situations and find the most effective ways to price your offers. Full of reassuring and practical advice, Chillpreneur challenges the old, boring assumptions of what it takes to create success in business, so you can create financial independence with ease and grace.

©2019 Hay House UK (P)2019 Hay House UK

Available on Audible
Cover art for Dropshipping Shopify 2021

Dropshipping Shopify 2021

Summary

Build your dream business and achieve financial freedom with this ultimate dropshipping guide!  Do you want to take advantage of the incredibly lucrative world of dropshipping? Want to generate tons of passive income, create a versatile business, and achieve financial freedom and security? Are you looking for a step-by-step guide to kickstart your dropshipping career? Then this is the audiobook for you. Whether you want to build a full-time job, a side-hustle, or simply make some extra money, dropshipping is a powerful and surprisingly simple way of making big money. It has the potential to create a lucrative business that will help you achieve financial freedom and become your dream job. But to succeed, you need the right knowledge. This ultimate beginner’s guide explores the world of dropshipping, uncovering exactly how you can take advantage of this incredible passive income stream. Using step-by-step advice and easy-to-follow instructions, you’ll learn how to create the right mindset for dropshipping success, how to avoid all the common beginner mistakes, and how you can start making big money - even if you start with a low budget. Here’s just a little of what you’ll discover inside: How to cultivate the mindset for dropshipping success 5 brilliant money-saving tips for starting out (and how to begin dropshipping on a tiny budget) 6 beginner mistakes to avoid at all costs! How to find the perfect niche and capitalize on gaps in the market Tips and tricks for finding the perfect supplier and setting up your ecommerce store Step-by-step instructions for dropshipping with Amazon and eBay SEO strategies for drastically boosting your exposure

©2020 John Wright (P)2020 John Wright

Available on Audible
Cover art for Traction

Traction

167 ratings

Summary

Do you have a grip on your business, or does your business have a grip on you? All entrepreneurs and business leaders face similar frustrations: personnel conflict, profit woes, and inadequate growth. Decisions never seem to get made, or once made, fail to be properly implemented. But there is a solution. It’s not complicated or theoretical. The Entrepreneurial Operating System is a practical method for achieving the business success you have always envisioned. More than 2,000 companies have discovered what EOS can do. InTraction, you’ll learn the secrets of strengthening the six key components of your business. You’ll discover simple yet powerful ways to run your company that will give you and your leadership team more focus, more growth, and more enjoyment. Successful companies are applying Traction every day to run profitable, frustration-free businesses - and you can too. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2011 Gino Wickman (P)2012 Audible, Inc.

Length: 6 hrs and 56 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Millionaire Success Habits

Millionaire Success Habits

119 ratings

Summary

Millionaire Success Habits is a book designed with one purpose in mind: to take you from where you are in life to where you want to be in life by incorporating easy-to-implement "Success Habits" into your daily routine. Legendary business coach Dean Graziosi has broken down the walls of complexity around success and created simple success recipes that you can quickly put to use in your life to reach the level of wealth and abundance you desire. This book is not about adding more time to your day. It is about replacing those things that are not serving your future with success habits designed specifically to assist you on your journey to a better you. In this book, you’ll: Drill down deep to identify your “why” - the true purpose that drives you and the real reason you want to prosper Expose and overcome the “villain within” that’s holding you back Unlock the single biggest secret to being productive (it’s probably not what you think) Believe in your own massive potential - so you can make it a reality Use Dean’s "30-day Better Life Challenge" to catapult you into your new life Now updated with brand-new chapters on productivity and mastering the art of achievement, Millionaire Success Habits gives you the tools you need to radically reshape your daily routine and open new doors to prosperity.

©2016 Hay House (P)2018 Hay House

Available on Audible
Cover art for Thinking in Bets

Thinking in Bets

163 ratings

Summary

Poker champion turned business consultant Annie Duke teaches you how to get comfortable with uncertainty and make better decisions as a result.  In Super Bowl XLIX, Seahawks coach Pete Carroll made one of the most controversial calls in football history: With 26 seconds remaining, and trailing by four at the Patriots' one-yard line, he called for a pass instead of a handing off to his star running back. The pass was intercepted, and the Seahawks lost. Critics called it the dumbest play in history. But was the call really that bad? Or did Carroll actually make a great move that was ruined by bad luck?  Even the best decision doesn't yield the best outcome every time. There's always an element of luck that you can't control, and there is always information that is hidden from view. So the key to long-term success (and avoiding worrying yourself to death) is to think in bets: How sure am I? What are the possible ways things could turn out? What decision has the highest odds of success? Did I land in the unlucky 10 percent on the strategy that works 90 percent of the time? Or is my success attributable to dumb luck rather than great decision making?  Annie Duke, a former World Series of Poker champion turned business consultant, draws on examples from business, sports, politics, and (of course) poker to share tools anyone can use to embrace uncertainty and make better decisions. For most people, it's difficult to say "I'm not sure" in a world that values and even rewards the appearance of certainty. But professional poker players are comfortable with the fact that great decisions don't always lead to great outcomes and bad decisions don't always lead to bad outcomes.  By shifting your thinking from a need for certainty to a goal of accurately assessing what you know and what you don't, you'll be less vulnerable to reactive emotions, knee-jerk biases, and destructive habits in your decision making. You'll become more confident, calm, compassionate, and successful in the long run.  Includes a bonus PDF of charts and graphs. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2018 Annie Duke (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Pre-Suasion

Pre-Suasion

138 ratings

Summary

The author of the legendary best seller Influence, social psychologist Robert Cialdini, shines a light on effective persuasion and reveals that the secret doesn't lie in the message itself but in the key moment before that message is delivered. What separates effective communicators from truly successful persuaders? Using the same combination of rigorous scientific research and accessibility that made his Influence an iconic best seller, Robert Cialdini explains how to capitalize on the essential window of time before you deliver an important message. This "privileged moment for change" prepares people to be receptive to a message before they experience it. Optimal persuasion is achieved only through optimal pre-suasion. In other words, to change minds, a pre-suader must also change states of mind. His first solo work in over 30 years, Cialdini's Pre-Suasion draws on his extensive experience as the most cited social psychologist of our time and explains the techniques a person should implement to become a master persuader. Altering a listener's attitudes, beliefs, or experiences isn't necessary, says Cialdini - all that's required is for a communicator to redirect the audience's focus of attention before a relevant action. From studies on advertising imagery to treating opiate addiction, from the annual letters of Berkshire Hathaway to the annals of history, Cialdini draws on an array of studies and narratives to outline the specific techniques you can use on online marketing campaigns and even effective wartime propaganda. He illustrates how the artful diversion of attention leads to successful pre-suasion and gets your targeted audience primed and ready to say yes.

©2016 Robert Cialdini (P)2016 Simon & Schuster

Available on Audible
Cover art for Good to Great

Good to Great

556 ratings

Summary

Built to Last, the defining management study of the '90s, showed how great companies triumph over time and how long-term sustained performance can be engineered into the DNA of an enterprise from the very beginning. But what about companies that are not born with great DNA? How can good companies, mediocre companies, even bad companies achieve enduring greatness? Are there those that convert long-term mediocrity or worse into long-term superiority? If so, what are the distinguishing characteristics that cause a company to go from good to great? Over five years, Jim Collins and his research team have analyzed the histories of 28 companies, discovering why some companies make the leap and others don't. The findings include: Level 5 Leadership: A surprising style, required for greatness The Hedgehog Concept: Finding your three circles, to transcend the curse of competence A Culture of Discipline: The alchemy of great results Technology Accelerators: How good-to-great companies think differently about technology The Flywheel and the Doom Loop: Why those who do frequent restructuring fail to make the leap

©2001 Jim Collins (P)2005 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Power of Broke

The Power of Broke

130 ratings

Summary

Skillfully read by DJ, MTV News reporter, and radio host Sway Calloway, whose effortless style and distinct voice perfectly capture John's message, and featuring a customized introduction from the author himself, this audiobook is the go-to source for all those wanting to learn the importance of staying hungry in order to succeed. Interspersed throughout its chapters, listeners are treated to "Power Facts" and "Shark Points" told directly by Daymond John, giving the famed entrepreneur and branding expert a chance to impart some of his invaluable wisdom. Daymond John has been practicing the power of broke ever since he started selling his home-sewn T-shirts on the streets of Queens. With no funding and a $40 budget, Daymond had to come up with out-of-the box ways to promote his products. Luckily, desperation breeds innovation, and so he hatched an idea for a creative campaign that eventually launched the FUBU brand into a $6 billion global phenomenon. But it might not have happened if he hadn't started out broke - with nothing but a heart full of hope and a ferocious drive to succeed by any means possible.  Here, the FUBU founder and star of ABC's Shark Tank shows that, far from being a liability, broke can actually be your greatest competitive advantage as an entrepreneur. Why? Because starting a business from broke forces you to think more creatively. It forces you to use your resources more efficiently. It forces you to connect with your customers more authentically and market your ideas more imaginatively. It forces you to be true to yourself, stay laser focused on your goals, and come up with those innovative solutions required to make a meaningful mark. John shows how we can all leverage the power of broke to phenomenal success. You'll meet:  Steve Aoki, the electronic dance music (EDM) deejay who managed to parlay a series of $100 gigs into becoming a global superstar who has redefined the music industry.  Gigi Butler, a cleaning lady from Nashville who built a cupcake empire on the back of a family recipe, her maxed-out credit cards, and a heaping dose of faith.  Eleven-year-old Shark Tank guest Mo Bridges, who stitched together a winning clothing line with just his grandma's sewing machine, a stash of loose fabric, and his unique sartorial flair.  When your back is up against the wall, your bank account is empty, and creativity and passion are the only resources you can afford, success is your only option. Here you'll learn how to tap in to that power of broke to scrape, hustle, and dream your way to the top.  BONUS: This audiobook features an exclusive interview between author Daymond John and narrator Sway Calloway, touching upon topics that include entrepreneurship as "the ultimate equalizer", loving what you do, and why the author handpicked Calloway to read his book. 

©2016 Daymond John (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Starting a Business for Beginners & Dummies

Starting a Business for Beginners & Dummies

Summary

If you have a great idea, why not turn it into a lucrative career path? Starting your own business is possible, and this book will give you all of the tools and advice necessary! You will learn how to craft your idea from its beginning stages into a business that is successful and functional. By following these steps, you can make sure that you are putting all of your time and effort into the business correctly. No matter what your dreams are or what you envision for your business, it is possible if you are willing to put in the work. This book makes it easy for you - serving as a guideline to follow so you always know what to do next.

©2021 Giovanni Rigters (P)2021 Giovanni Rigters

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Master Algorithm

The Master Algorithm

38 ratings

Summary

Under the aegis of machine learning in our data-driven machine age, computers are programming themselves and learning about - and solving - an extraordinary range of problems, from the mundane to the most daunting. Today it is machine learning programs that enable Amazon and Netflix to predict what users will like, Apple to power Siri's ability to understand voices, and Google to pilot cars. These programs are already helping us fight the war on cancer and predict the movements of the stock market, and they are making great headway with instant language translation and discovering new laws of nature. But machine learning is incomplete, and its practitioners across the globe are seeking the most powerful algorithm of all. The Master Algorithm will not be limited to solving particular problems but will be able to learn anything and solve any problem, however difficult, and Pedro Domingos, a trailblazing computer scientist, is at the very forefront of the search for it. With the Master Algorithm in hand and data as its fuel, machine learning - essentially the automation of discovery, a kind of scientific method on steroids - will become the most powerful technology humanity has ever devised. And The Master Algorithm will be its bible.

©2015 Pedro Domingos (P)2015 Brilliance Audio, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for What the Heck is EOS?

What the Heck is EOS?

29 ratings

Summary

Has your company struggled to roll EOS out to all levels of your organization? Do your employees understand why EOS is important or even what it is? What the Heck is EOS? is for the millions of employees in companies running their businesses on EOS (Entrepreneurial Operating System). An easy and fast listen, this book answers the questions many employees have about EOS and their company: What is an operating system? What is EOS and why is my company using it? What are the EOS foundational tools and how do they impact me? What's in it for me? Designed to engage employees in the EOS process and tools, What the Heck is EOS? uses simple, straightforward language and provides questions about each tool for managers and employees to discuss creating more ownership and buy-in at the staff level. After listening to this book, employees will not only have a better understanding of EOS but they will be more engaged, taking an active role in helping achieve your company's vision. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2017 Gino Wickman and Tom Bouwer (P)2017 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur

The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur

54 ratings

Summary

"Never started a company before? Struggling with little or no cash? Have no experience, no baseline to judge your progress against? Thank God! You've got a shot at making this work." So says Mike Michalowicz, author of The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur, a business book that is so uniquely useful, so raw and entertaining, it reads like the brainchild of Steve Jobs and Chris Rock. The founder of three multimillion-dollar companies, including Obsidian Launch, a company that partners with first-time entrepreneurs to grow their concepts into industry leaders, Mike Michalowicz knows what it really takes to spin your great idea into pure gold. Whether you're just starting out or have been at this for years, Mike's "get real" approach to business is a much-needed, swift kick in the pants. In this book, you'll discover: Why a business plan is a total waste of your time Why fulfilling your own needs is the first and last order of business Which three sheets of paper you need to successfully launch, manage, and grow your business How to get started in business with little or no money How to find and exploit resources that no one else knows about How to stop procrastinating and take action NOW!

©2008 Mike Michalowicz (P)2013 Mike Michalowicz

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Miracle Morning for Entrepreneurs

The Miracle Morning for Entrepreneurs

46 ratings

Summary

Hal Elrod's The Miracle Morning has helped redefine the mornings and the lives of millions of people since 2012. Since then, careers have been launched, goals have been met, and dreams have been realized, all through the power of the Miracle Morning's six Life S.A.V.E.R.S. These six daily practices will fuel your efforts to create and sustain positive change in your life. Now The Miracle Morning for Entrepreneurs brings you these principles in a whole new light - alongside the entrepreneurial elevation principles and the entrepreneur's elevation skills. These are essential skills that you need to create a successful business and personal life. Cameron Herold - best-selling author and a widely-respected expert on entrepreneurial mindset - brings his wisdom and insight to you using Hal Elrod's powerful Miracle Morning framework. Develop a vision for your business, and become the influential and inspiring leader you were always meant to be. The principles and skills you'll find in this book will help you to channel your passion and achieve balance in a remarkable new way. Learn why mornings matter more than you think Learn how to master your own self-leadership and accelerate your personal development Learn how to manage your energy - physical, mental, and emotional Learn how to implement Hal Elrod's invaluable Life S.A.V.E.R.S. in your daily routine And much more You're already an entrepreneur. Now discover how to take your success to the next level by first taking yourself to the next level.

©2016 Hal Elrod International (P)2016 Hal Elrod International

Available on Audible
Cover art for Systemology

Systemology

6 ratings

Summary

Do you sometimes feel like your business is an adult daycare center? Are you constantly repeating yourself, fixing errors, and trying to hold things together? What if it were possible to create a business that runs itself? You’ve dreamed about it - now it’s time to make this a reality! If you’re anything like many seasoned business owners, you’ve tried and failed to systemise your business. The reality is, your shiny business isn’t as functional as it looks from the outside; it’s unorganised, inconsistent, and key person dependent. SYSTEMology solves this problem with a proven, step-by-step business systemisation framework - designed so that even the busiest business owner can deploy it. Drawing on 20+ years of business experience and real-life case studies, David Jenyns details the path to complete business reliability.

©2020 David Jenyns (P)2020 David Jenyns

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Advantage

The Advantage

63 ratings

Summary

There is a competitive advantage out there, arguably more powerful than any other. Is it superior strategy? Faster innovation? Smarter employees? No, New York Times best-selling author, Patrick Lencioni, argues that the seminal difference between successful companies and mediocre ones has little to do with what they know and how smart they are and more to do with how healthy they are. In this book, Lencioni brings together his vast experience and many of the themes cultivated in his other best-selling books and delivers a first: a cohesive and comprehensive exploration of the unique advantage organizational health provides.  Simply put, an organization is healthy when it is whole, consistent and complete, when its management, operations and culture are unified. Healthy organizations outperform their counterparts, are free of politics and confusion and provide an environment where star performers never want to leave. Lencioni’s first non-fiction book provides leaders with a groundbreaking, approachable model for achieving organizational health - complete with stories, tips and anecdotes from his experiences consulting to some of the nation’s leading organizations. In this age of informational ubiquity and nano-second change, it is no longer enough to build a competitive advantage based on intelligence alone. The Advantage provides a foundational construct for conducting business in a new way - one that maximizes human potential and aligns the organization around a common set of principles.

©2012 Patrick Lencioni (P)2012 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved. Published by arrangement with John Wiley & Sons, Inc

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Black Swan, Second Edition: The Impact of the Highly Improbable: With a new section: "On Robustness and Fragility"

The Black Swan, Second Edition: The Impact of the Highly Improbable: With a new section: "On Robustness and Fragility"

115 ratings

Summary

The Black Swan is a stand-alone book in Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s landmark Incerto series, an investigation of opacity, luck, uncertainty, probability, human error, risk, and decision-making in a world we don’t understand. The other books in the series are Fooled by Randomness, Antifragile, Skin in the Game, and The Bed of Procrustes. A black swan is a highly improbable event with three principal characteristics: It is unpredictable; it carries a massive impact; and, after the fact, we concoct an explanation that makes it appear less random, and more predictable, than it was. The astonishing success of Google was a black swan; so was 9/11. For Nassim Nicholas Taleb, black swans underlie almost everything about our world, from the rise of religions to events in our own personal lives. Why do we not acknowledge the phenomenon of black swans until after they occur? Part of the answer, according to Taleb, is that humans are hardwired to learn specifics when they should be focused on generalities. We concentrate on things we already know and time and time again fail to take into consideration what we don’t know. We are, therefore, unable to truly estimate opportunities, too vulnerable to the impulse to simplify, narrate, and categorize, and not open enough to rewarding those who can imagine the “impossible”. For years, Taleb has studied how we fool ourselves into thinking we know more than we actually do. We restrict our thinking to the irrelevant and inconsequential, while large events continue to surprise us and shape our world. In this revelatory book, Taleb explains everything we know about what we don’t know, and this second edition features a new philosophical and empirical essay, “On Robustness and Fragility”, which offers tools to navigate and exploit a Black Swan world. Elegant, startling, and universal in its applications, The Black Swan will change the way you look at the world. Taleb is a vastly entertaining writer, with wit, irreverence, and unusual stories to tell. He has a polymathic command of subjects ranging from cognitive science to business to probability theory. The Black Swan is a landmark book - itself a black swan. Includes a bonus pdf of tables and figures. Praise for Nassim Nicholas Taleb “The most prophetic voice of all.” (GQ) Praise for The Black Swan: “[A book] that altered modern thinking.” (The Times, London) “A masterpiece.” (Chris Anderson, Editor-in-chief of Wired, author of The Long Tail) “Hugely enjoyable - compelling...easy to dip into.” (Financial Times) PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2010 Nassim Nicholas Taleb (P)2018 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Millionaire Fastlane: Crack the Code to Wealth and Live Rich for a Lifetime

The Millionaire Fastlane: Crack the Code to Wealth and Live Rich for a Lifetime

318 ratings

Summary

Has the "settle-for-less" financial plan become your plan for wealth? That plan sounds a little something like this: "Graduate from college, get a good job, save 10% of your paycheck, buy a used car, cancel the movie channels, quit drinking expensive Starbucks mocha lattes, save and penny-pinch your life away, trust your life-savings to the stock market, and one day, when you are oh, say, 65 years old, you can retire rich." Since you were old enough to hold a job, you've been hoodwinked to believe that wealth can be created by blindly trusting in the uncontrollable and unpredictable markets: the housing market, the stock market, and the job market. I call this soul-sucking, dream-stealing dogma "The Slowlane" - an impotent financial gamble that dubiously promises wealth in a wheelchair. Accept the Slowlane as your financial roadmap and your financial future will blow carelessly asunder on a sailboat of hope: hope you can get a job and keep it, hope the stock market doesn't tank, hope the economy rebounds, hope, hope, and hope. Do you really want hope to be the centerpiece of your family's financial plan? Drive the Slowlane road and you will find your life deteriorate into a miserable exhibition about what you cannot do, versus what you can. For those who don't want a lifetime subscription to "settle-for-less", there is an alternative; an expressway to extraordinary wealth capable of burning a trail to financial independence faster than any road out there. And shockingly, this road has nothing to do with jobs, 401(k), mutual funds, or a lifestyle of mediocrity. Demand more. Change lanes and find your explosive wealth accelerator. Hit the Fastlane, crack the code to wealth, and find out how to live rich for a lifetime.

©2011 Viperion Corporation (P)2012 Viperion Corporation

Available on Audible
Cover art for Work Optional

Work Optional

5 ratings

Summary

A practical action guide for financial independence and early retirement from the popular Our Next Life blogger. In today's work culture, we're expected to hustle around the clock. But what if you could escape the traditional path and get on one that doesn't require working full-time until age 65? What if you could wake up every day without an alarm clock and do the things you love most? Tanja Hester and her husband Mark left their crazed careerist lifestyle to live their dream life in Lake Tahoe, retiring early from high-stress careers. Now Tanja will help you map out a customized plan for freedom and make it easy to succeed, whether you're good at math and budgeting - or not! Work Optional is more than just a financial plan: it's a plan for your whole life-designed by you, not by an employer or clients. Tanja walks you through envisioning your dream life, accounting for variables such as health care and children, protecting yourself from recessions and future unknowns, and achieving a purpose-filled early retirement, semi-retirement, or career intermission with completely doable, non-penny-pinching steps.  You can live a happier, more meaningful life, free from the daily grind. Regardless of where you are in your career, Work Optional will get you there. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Tanja Hester (P)2019 Hachette Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for No Pain, No Gaines

No Pain, No Gaines

1 rating

Summary

No Pain, No Gaines is a by-the-bootstraps manual for building a network of people you can count on. Fair warning: Building it will be painful, but what you’ll gain is something strong, something reliable, and something that can change the world. Spoiler alert number one: This is a book about networks Spoiler alert number two: This is not a book about networking  Not networking in the traditional sense, anyway. It’s not about how to leverage your interactions with everyone you meet in an all-out sprint to get ahead. It’s about how to find a group of real people who will stand beside you as you bust your butt, who believe that authentic human connection is more important than any other earthly thing, and who bet on each other instead of the status quo. People with beating hearts and passions who live and love and try and fail and try again. People who lift you up and give your life meaning.  Written for anyone who believes that relationships are more than transactions, and who is looking to build a network of people they can count on, No Pain, No Gaines will coach you on how to look outside yourself and your circle and foster connections with others value what you bring to the table resist the status quo find the risks worth taking engage and be awake to life, not asleep at the wheel get comfortable with being uncomfortably kind build a network you trust and then, trust the network you build Chip Gaines has been building that kind of network his whole life, and he can tell you, it doesn’t come easy. The good stuff never does. It requires faith in people. It requires hope. And it requires a willingness to grow even when it hurts. In No Pain, No Gaines, through hard-won lessons and personal stories, Chip will coach you on how to build a network of your own that will make your life rich and your relationships run deep. Accompanying interactive components are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.

©2021 Chip Gaines (P)2021 Thomas Nelson

Available on Audible
Cover art for The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People

The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People

1566 ratings

Summary

Stephen R. Covey's book, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, has been a top seller for the simple reason that it ignores trends and pop psychology for proven principles of fairness, integrity, honesty, and human dignity. Celebrating its 15th year of helping people solve personal and professional problems, this special anniversary edition includes a new foreword and afterword written by Covey that explore whether the 7 Habits are still relevant and answer some of the most common questions he has received over the past 15 years. This audio edition is the first ever unabridged recording of The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2004 Franlkin Covey (P)2004 FranklinCovey

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Great Mental Models

The Great Mental Models

197 ratings

Summary

The old saying goes, "To the man with a hammer, everything looks like a nail". But anyone who has done any kind of project knows a hammer often isn't enough.  The more tools you have at your disposal, the more likely you'll use the right tool for the job - and get it done right.  The same is true when it comes to your thinking. The quality of your outcomes depends on the mental models in your head. And most people are going through life with little more than a hammer.  Until now.  The Great Mental Models: General Thinking Concepts is the first book in The Great Mental Models series designed to upgrade your thinking with the best, most useful and powerful tools so you always have the right one on hand.  This volume details nine of the most versatile all-purpose mental models you can use right away to improve your decision making, your productivity, and how clearly you see the world. You will discover what forces govern the universe and how to focus your efforts so you can harness them to your advantage, rather than fight with them or, worse yet, ignore them.

©2019 Shane Parrish (P)2019 Audible Originals, LLC.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Effective Executive

The Effective Executive

128 ratings

Summary

A commemorative edition of Peter F. Drucker's timeless classic work on leadership and management, with a foreword by Jim Collins. What makes an effective executive? For decades Peter F. Drucker was widely regarded as "the dean of this country's business and management philosophers" (Wall Street Journal). In this concise and brilliant work, he looks to the most influential position in management - the executive. The measure of the executive, Drucker reminds us, is the ability to "get the right things done". This usually involves doing what other people have overlooked as well as avoiding what is unproductive. Intelligence, imagination, and knowledge may all be wasted in an executive job without the acquired habits of mind that mold them into results. Drucker identifies five practices essential to business effectiveness that can - and must - be mastered: Managing time Choosing what to contribute to the organization Knowing where and how to mobilize strength for best effect Setting the right priorities Knitting all of them together with effective decision making Ranging across the annals of business and government, Drucker demonstrates the distinctive skill of the executive and offers fresh insights into old and seemingly obvious business situations.

©2017 Peter F. Drucker (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Mindset of Success

The Mindset of Success

Summary

This book is not about changing who you are, but becoming the best version of yourself. The Mindset of Success provides a clearly structured set of tools to change the way you think, act and perform, pushing you beyond good management to great leadership. After 14 years of researching leaders around the world, Jo Owen has found that the best and most successful leaders have something more powerful than just skill. They act differently because they think differently. This book will help you unlock your true potential, showing you how to acquire the seven key mindsets that lead to success, whilst making the most of your existing talent, and focusing on your natural strengths. 

This is the second edition of the best-selling The Mindset of Success and it has been updated with new cutting-edge research, targeted business advice, and guidance on how your mindset must change as you move through your career. From spies to sports, education to entrepreneurship, business to beyond, Jo Owen's original research and interviews will show you how outstanding leaders think and behave differently from the merely good. This is the mindset difference and, once you have it, you have an advantage which lasts for a lifetime and will work for you time and time again. Using this unique book to develop your right mindset will enable you to open up new career possibilities and achieve far more than you could have imagined.

©2019 Jo Owen (P)2019 Jo Owen

Length: 8 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for BE 2.0 (Beyond Entrepreneurship 2.0)

BE 2.0 (Beyond Entrepreneurship 2.0)

11 ratings

Summary

From Jim Collins, the most influential business thinker of our era, comes an ambitious upgrade of his classic, Beyond Entrepreneurship, that includes all-new findings and world-changing insights.  What's the roadmap to create a company that not only survives its infancy but thrives, changing the world for decades to come? Nine years before the publication of his epochal best seller Good to Great, Jim Collins and his mentor, Bill Lazier, answered this question in their best-selling book, Beyond Entrepreneurship.  Beyond Entrepreneurship left a definitive mark on the business community, influencing the young pioneers who were, at that time, creating the technology revolution that was birthing in Silicon Valley. Decades later, successive generations of entrepreneurs still turn to the strategies outlined in Beyond Entrepreneurship to answer the most pressing business questions.  BE 2.0 is a new and improved version of the book that Jim Collins and Bill Lazier wrote years ago. In BE 2.0, Jim Collins honors his mentor, Bill Lazier, who passed away in 2005, and reexamines the original text of Beyond Entrepreneurship with his 2020 perspective. The book includes the original text of Beyond Entrepreneurship, as well as four new chapters and 15 new essays. BE 2.0 pulls together the key concepts across Collins' 30 years of research into one integrated framework called The Map.  The result is a singular listening experience, which presents a unified vision of company creation that will fascinate not only Jim's millions of dedicated listeners worldwide, but also introduce a new generation to his remarkable work.

©2020 Jim Collins and William Lazier (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Connected Capitalism

Connected Capitalism

Summary

In our present state of disconnect and loss, Connected Capitalism offers us a deeper and more satisfying approach to both work and life - one that is rooted in relationships, trust, forgiveness, and empathy. What should our post-COVID work world look like? In Connected Capitalism, David Weitzner shows us how to draw from the classic teachings of Judaism in order to positively transform our workplaces and our working lives. He outlines a philosophy that will empower the disenchanted to build a stable future in a world of crony capitalism, global pandemics, racial injustice, and social disconnect. Weitzner, a professor of management who chooses to look beyond management and mindfulness, envisions a workplace based on the ancient Jewish practices of mitzvah, creating a space for meaningful moments with other people, and chavrusa, co-creating and working on endeavors together. Combining these spiritual concepts with the voices of today’s political strategists, business leaders, and artists, Connected Capitalism inspires us to approach our work with curiosity, engage with those who were once strangers, and tap into a hopeful and meaningful future. 

©2021 David Weitzner (P)2021 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People

The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People

50 ratings

Summary

New York Times best seller - over 40 million copies sold The Number One Most Influential Business Book of the 20th Century  One of the most inspiring and impactful books ever written, The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People has captivated people for nearly three decades. It has transformed the lives of presidents and CEOs, educators, and parents - millions of people of all ages and occupations. Now, this 30th anniversary edition of the timeless classic commemorates the wisdom of the seven habits with modern additions from Sean Covey.  The seven habits have become famous and are integrated into everyday thinking by millions and millions of people. Why? Because they work!  With Sean Covey’s added takeaways on how the habits can be used in our modern age, the wisdom of the seven habits will be refreshed for a new generation of leaders.  They include: Habit one: Be proactive Habit two: Begin with the end in mind Habit three: Put first things first Habit four: Think win/win Habit five: Seek first to understand, then to be understood Habit six: Synergize Habit seven: Sharpen the saw  This beloved classic presents a principle-centered approach for solving both personal and professional problems. With penetrating insights and practical anecdotes, Stephen R. Covey reveals a step-by-step pathway for living with fairness, integrity, honesty, and human dignity - principles that give us the security to adapt to change and the wisdom and power to take advantage of the opportunities that change creates. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2016 Stephen R. Covey (P)2020 Simon & Schuster Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The ONE Thing

The ONE Thing

540 ratings

Summary

This is an audiobook for busy people. If you want less on your plate and more for your life and career, tune in to the #1 Wall Street Journal best seller, The ONE Thing: The Surprisingly Simple Truth Behind Extraordinary Results. The ONE Thing will bring your life and your work into focus. Authors Gary Keller and Jay Papasan teach you the tricks to cut through the clutter, achieve better results in less time, dial down stress, and master what matters to you. Unabridged version includes: A special foreword by Gary Keller. Interludes by legendary guitarist Monte Montgomery. What’s your ONE Thing? For more information on The ONE Thing, events, coaching, and tools, visit www.The1Thing.com.

©2012 Rellek Publishing Partners, Ltd. (P)2013 Rellek Publishing Partners, Ltd.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Managing Oneself

Managing Oneself

91 ratings

Summary

"Success in the knowledge economy comes to those who know themselves - their strengths, their values, and how they best perform." -Peter F. Drucker Throughout history, people had little need to manage their careers - they were born into their stations in life or, in the recent past, they relied on their companies to chart their career paths. But times have drastically changed. Today we must all learn to manage ourselves. What does that mean? As Peter Drucker tells us in this seminal article, first published in 1999, it means we have to learn to develop ourselves. We have to place ourselves where we can make the greatest contribution to our organizations and communities. And we have to stay mentally alert and engaged during a 50-year working life, which means knowing how and when to change the work we do. It may seem obvious that people achieve results by doing what they are good at and by working in ways that fit their abilities. But, Drucker says, very few people actually know - let alone take advantage of - their fundamental strengths. He challenges each of us to ask ourselves, "What are my strengths? How do I perform? What are my values? Where do I belong? What should my contribution be?" Don't try to change yourself, Drucker cautions. Instead, concentrate on improving the skills you have and accepting assignments that are tailored to your individual way of working. If you do that, you can transform yourself from an ordinary worker into an outstanding performer. Today's successful careers are not planned out in advance. They develop when people are prepared for opportunities because they have asked themselves those questions and have rigorously assessed their unique characteristics. This Audiobook has 10 Tracks. 1. Introduction. 2. What are My Strengths? 3. How Do I Perform? 4. How Do I Learn? 5. What Are My Values? 6. Where Do I Belong? 7. What Should I Contribute? 8. Responsibility for Relationships. 9. The Second Half of Your

©1999 Harvard Business School Publishing (HBSP) (P)2008 No Hassle Inc.

Narrator: Alex McKenna
Author: Sady Doyle
Length: 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Great by Choice

Great by Choice

58 ratings

Summary

The new question: Ten years after the worldwide best seller Good to Great, Jim Collins returns to ask: Why do some companies thrive in uncertainty, even chaos, and others do not? In Great by Choice, Collins and his colleague, Morten T. Hansen, enumerate the principles for building a truly great enterprise in unpredictable, tumultuous, and fast-moving times. The new study: Great by Choice distinguishes itself from Collins’s prior work by its focus on the type of unstable environments faced by leaders today. The new findings: The best leaders were more disciplined, more empirical, and more paranoid. Following the belief that leading in a “fast world” always requires “fast decisions” and “fast action” is a good way to get killed. The great companies changed less in reaction to a radically changing world than the comparison companies. This book is classic Collins: contrarian, data-driven, and uplifting. He and Hansen show convincingly that, even in a chaotic and uncertain world, greatness happens by choice, not by chance.

©2011 Jim Collins and Morten T. Hansen (P)2011 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for FLIP

FLIP

4 ratings

Summary

Here, in one intensely focused download, is everything you need to know to successfully flip a house, from finding a great investment property and buying it, right to fixing it up and netting solid profit. By following the HomeFixers proven system through each step of the flipping process, you'll learn how to: 1. FIND a promising house2. ANALYZE the profit potential3. BUY at the right price4. FIX on time and on budget5. SELL quickly to maximize profits

©2007 Rellek Publishing Partners, Ltd., Rick Villani and Clay Davis (P)2007 Millionaire Systems

Available on Audible
Cover art for Instagram Marketing: How to Dominate Your Niche in 2019 with Your Small Business and Personal Brand by Marketing on a Super Popular Social Media Platform and Leveraging its Influencers

Instagram Marketing: How to Dominate Your Niche in 2019 with Your Small Business and Personal Brand by Marketing on a Super Popular Social Media Platform and Leveraging its Influencers

9 ratings

Summary

If you want to discover how to dominate your niche using Instagram marketing, then pay attention... Instagram is one of the largest social media platforms in the world, and the platform is rapidly growing into one of the most powerful online marketing tools for small businesses and personal brands.  If you are currently in business, or if you are planning on launching a business in 2019, you need to consider getting your business on Instagram and start building engagement on this social media giant.  If you are ready to start making an impact on Instagram in 2019, Instagram Marketing: How to Dominate Your Niche in 2019 with Your Small Business and Personal Brand by Marketing on a Super Popular Social Media Platform and Leveraging Its Influencers is the exact audiobook you are looking for!  Here’s just a tiny fraction of what you’ll discover:   Choosing your niche How to set up your Instagram profile the right way Amazing strategies for branding your account and all of the content that you post Secrets to creating powerful, scroll-stopping posts Five unwritten rules of Instagram How to make sales using Instagram Building Instagram into your sales funnel Myths from marketing gurus and the truth you need to know How to ethically spy on your competitors And much, much more If you want to learn more about Instagram Marketing, then scroll up and click “add to cart”!

©2019 Matt Golden (P)2019 Matt Golden

Available on Audible
Cover art for Marca Personal [Personal Brand]

Marca Personal [Personal Brand]

Summary

Si usted quiere descubrir cómo convertirse en su propia marca en línea usando el mercadeo de medios sociales, entonces siga leyendo.... Este libro es para cualquiera que esté listo para dominar el arte de la marca personal usando los medios sociales y los muchos beneficios que estos tienen que ofrecer. Si usted está listo para dominar el espacio en línea este año, entonces ¡siga leyendo!  Hay mucho por ahí con respecto a lo que significa convertirse en su propia marca de forma personal, cómo funciona la marca personal, y lo que usted puede lograr a través de su marca. Debido a la creciente popularidad del estilo de vida nómada digital, todos quieren aprender a cómo venderse a sí mismos y construir una red a su alrededor llena de personas que sean capaces de ayudarles a hacer crecer su marca.  Este libro cubrirá temas como:  La realidad personal de la marca personal Aclarando su marca Influencers locales y en línea Facebook e Instagram Mercadeo en Twitter YouTube y Podcasts Blogs y blogueros ¡Y más! ¡Obtenga este libro ahora para aprender más sobre la marca personal! Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

©2020 Captivating History (P)2020 Captivating History

Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Liftoff

Liftoff

7 ratings

Summary

The dramatic inside story of the first four historic flights that launched SpaceX - and Elon Musk - from a shaky startup into the world's leading-edge rocket company.  In 2006, SpaceX - a brand-new venture with fewer than 200 employees - rolled its first, single-engine rocket onto a launch pad at Kwajalein Atoll. After a groundbreaking launch from the middle of the Pacific Ocean, the Falcon 1 rocket designed by Elon Musk’s engineers rose in the air for approximately 30 seconds. Then, its engine flamed out, and the rocket crashed back into the ocean.  In 2007, SpaceX undertook a second launch. This time, the rocket rose far into space, but just before reaching orbit it spun out of control. Confident of success in 2008, Musk and his team launched their third rocket with several paying customers. The first stage executed perfectly, but instead of falling away, it thudded into the second stage. Another failure. Elon Musk had only budgeted for three attempts when he founded SpaceX.  Out of money and with a single Falcon 1 rocket left in its factory, SpaceX decided to try one last, dramatic launch. Over eight weeks, engineers worked furiously to prepare this final rocket. The fate of Musk’s venture mirrored the trajectory of this slender, single-engine rocket aimed toward the skies. If it crashed and burned, so would SpaceX. In September 2008, SpaceX’s last chance for success lifted off...and accelerated like a dream, soaring into orbit flawlessly.  That success would launch a miraculous decade for the company, in which SpaceX grew from building a single-engine rocket to one with a staggering 27 engines; created two different spacecraft, and mastered reusable-rocket descents using mobile drone ships on the open seas. It marked a level of production and achievement that has not been seen since the space race of the 1960s.  But these achievements would not have been possible without SpaceX’s first four flight tests. Drawing on unparalleled access and exclusive interviews with dozens of former and current employees - engineers, designers, mechanics, and executives, including Elon Musk - Eric Berger tells the complete story of this foundational generation that transformed SpaceX into the world’s leading space company.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.  

©2021 Eric Berger (P)2021 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for Radical Candor: Fully Revised & Updated Edition

Radical Candor: Fully Revised & Updated Edition

50 ratings

Summary

Featuring a new preface, afterword, and Radically Candid performance-review bonus chapter, the fully revised and updated edition of Radical Candor is packed with even more guidance to help you improve your relationships at work. Radical Candor has been embraced around the world by leaders of every stripe at companies of all sizes. Now a cultural touchstone, the concept has come to be applied to a wide range of human relationships. The idea is simple: You don't have to choose between being a pushover and a jerk. Using Radical Candor - avoiding the perils of Obnoxious Aggression, Manipulative Insincerity, and Ruinous Empathy - you can be kind and clear at the same time. Kim Scott was a highly successful leader at Google before decamping to Apple, where she developed and taught a management class. Since the original publication of Radical Candor in 2017, Scott has earned international fame with her vital approach to effective leadership and co-founded the Radical Candor executive education company, which helps companies put the book's philosophy into practice. Radical Candor is about caring personally and challenging directly, about soliciting criticism to improve your leadership and also providing guidance that helps others grow. It focuses on praise but doesn't shy away from criticism - to help you love your work and the people you work with. Radically Candid relationships with team members enable bosses to fulfill their three core responsibilities: 1. Create a culture of Compassionate Candor 2. Build a cohesive team 3. Achieve results collaboratively Required reading for the most successful organizations, Radical Candor has raised the bar for management practices worldwide.

©2019 Kim Scott (P)2019 Macmillan Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Escaping the Build Trap

Escaping the Build Trap

8 ratings

Summary

To stay competitive in today's market, organizations need to adopt a culture of customer-centric practices that focus on outcomes rather than outputs. Companies that live and die by outputs often fall into the "build trap", cranking out features to meet their schedule rather than the customer's needs. In this book, Melissa Perri explains how laying the foundation for great product management can help companies solve real customer problems while achieving business goals. By understanding how to communicate and collaborate within a company structure, you can create a product culture that benefits both the business and the customer. You'll learn product management principles that can be applied to any organization, big or small. In five parts, this book explores: Why organizations ship features rather than cultivate the value those features represent How to set up a product organization that scales How product strategy connects a company's vision and economic outcomes back to the product activities How to identify and pursue the right opportunities for producing value through an iterative product framework How to build a culture focused on successful outcomes over outputs  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Melissa Perri (P)2020 Tantor

Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Why We Want You to Be Rich

Why We Want You to Be Rich

36 ratings

Summary

Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki are both concerned. Their concern is that the rich are getting richer, but America is getting poorer. The entitlement mentality is epidemic, creating people who expect their country, employer, or family to take care of them. And like the polar ice caps, the middle class is disappearing. America is becoming a two-class society, and soon you will be either rich or poor. Trump and Kiyosaki want you to be rich. Both are successful businessmen and natural teachers who share a passion for education. They have joined forces to address these challenges, because they believe you cannot solve money problems with money - you can only solve money problems with financial education. Trump and Kiyosaki want to teach you to be rich. Why We Want You to Be Rich was written for you.

©2006 Donald J. Trump and Robert T. Kiyosaki (P)2006 Simon and Schuster, Inc. All rights reserved.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Five Dysfunctions of a Team

The Five Dysfunctions of a Team

331 ratings

Summary

In keeping with the parable style, Patrick Lencioni begins by telling the fable of a woman who, as CEO of a struggling Silicon Valley firm, took control of a dysfunctional executive committee and helped its members succeed as a team. Story time over, Lencioni offers explicit instructions for overcoming the human behavioral tendencies that he says corrupt teams (absence of trust, fear of conflict, lack of commitment, avoidance of accountability and inattention to results). Succinct yet sympathetic, this guide will be a boon for those struggling with the inherent difficulties of leading a group. Building a cohesive team is not complicated, declares Lencioni. Departing from the dry, theoretical writing of many management books, he presents his case in the context of a fictional organization, and in doing so succeeds at communicating his ideas. The scenarios are recognizable and can be applied anywhere teamwork is involved, whether it is a multinational company, a small department within a larger organization, or a sports team. At the end of the story, the main points are summarized, and clearly expressed suggestions and exercises are offered to help bring about change. Concise and easy to follow, this program is recommended for anyone who is a member of a team that needs improvement. The Five Dysfunctions of a Team is also available in print from Wiley.

©2002 Patrick Lencioni (P)2002 Random House Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Three Simple Steps

Three Simple Steps

65 ratings

Summary

How many self-help books are written by authors whose biggest success is selling self-help books? Three Simple Steps is different. Despite stock market crashes, dot-com busts, and the specter of recession, the author started a virtual company from home, using a few thousand dollars of his savings. A few years later, without ever hiring an employee or leaving his home office, he sold it for more than $100 million. As the economy slipped into another free fall, he did this again with a company in a different field. He accomplished this through no particular genius. Rather, he studied the habits of the many successful men and women who preceded him, and developed three simple rules that, if followed diligently, virtually ensure success. Using them first to escape poverty, then to achieve a life of adventures, he finally turned them toward financial independence. Written in a straightforward and no-nonsense style, Three Simple Steps shows you how to take back control of your destiny and reshape your mind for increased creativity, serenity and achievement. While building on the wisdom of great thinkers and accomplished individuals from East and West, Three Simple Steps isn't a new age text or guide to esoteric fulfillment. Rather, it's a practical guide to real-life achievement by a pragmatic businessman who attributes his incredible successes to these very simple ideas. Three Simple Steps is a must-listen guide for everyone who wants to achieve more, live better and be happier.

©2012 Trevor Blake (P)2012 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Scrum

Scrum

124 ratings

Summary

By the man who helped invent the red-hot management process known as "Scrum", Scrum unveils what is wrong with the way we currently do work, and how a simple set of principles, applied in exactly the right sequence, can accelerate productivity and quality as much as 1,200 percent. Scrum (which gets its name from the formation in rugby in which the whole team locks its arms to gain control of the ball) is the reason that Amazon can launch a new feature on its website every day. It's why the Red River Army Depot in Texas was able to roll out armored Humvees 39 times faster than before. It's how the FBI finally created a massive terrorist-tracking database. The reason for the rapid embrace of Scrum across so many disciplines is simple: organizations that implement Scrum typically double productivity and quality - and sometimes the increase can be as much as 12-fold. But the promise of Scrum as a project management tool extends far beyond business. Much as Atul Gawande did in The Checklist Manifesto, Sutherland shows how this unique approach to problem solving and team optimization has nearly universal application. At bottom, Scrum is about coming together with your team, looking at what you're doing, and course correcting. It may be the key to solving some of this era's most intractable problems. Please note: The author has intentionally omitted three consecutive pages of the 256-page print edition from this audiobook.

©2014 Jeff Sutherland (P)2014 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The 8th Habit

The 8th Habit

28 ratings

Summary

In the more than 15 years since its publication, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has become an international phenomenon. Tens of millions of people in business, government, schools, and families have dramatically improved their lives and organizations by applying the principles of Stephen R. Covey's classic book.  The world, though, is a vastly changed place. The challenges we all face in our relationships, families, professional lives, and communities are of an entirely new order of magnitude.  Being effective as individuals and organizations is no longer merely an option. But in order to thrive, innovate, excel, and lead in what Covey calls the new Knowledge Worker Age, we must build on and move beyond effectiveness. The call of this new era in human history is for greatness; it's for fulfillment, passionate execution, and significant contribution.  Accessing the higher levels of human genius and motivation in today's new reality requires a sea change in thinking. The crucial challenge of our world today is this: to find our voice and inspire others to find theirs. It is what Covey calls the 8th Habit.  So many people feel frustrated, discouraged, unappreciated, and undervalued, with little or no sense of voice of unique contribution. The 8th Habit is the answer to the soul's yearning for greatness, the organization's imperative for significance and superior results, and humanity's search for its "voice". This groundbreaking audiobook of next level thinking gives a clear way to finally tap the limitless value-creation promise of the Knowledge Worker Age.  Covey's new audiobook will transform the way we think about ourselves and our purpose in life, about our organizations, and about humankind. Just as The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People helped us focus on effectiveness, The 8th Habit shows us the way to greatness.  NOTE: On the cover and in the introduction, the audio mentions that a free bonus DVD is included. It is NOT included with this audio; however, you're able to stream the content for free after signing up at the following FranklinCovey website: www.StephenCovey.com.

©2004 FranklinCovey (P)2004 FranklinCovey

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Toyota Way to Lean Leadership

The Toyota Way to Lean Leadership

26 ratings

Summary

The missing link to long-term Lean success! Despite the fact that companies worldwide have adopted Lean production, none has sustained the same levels of excellence as Toyota. Why? Leadership. In The Toyota Way to Lean Leadership, Jeffrey Liker and Gary L. Convis, a former executive V.P. and managing officer of Toyota, help executives and senior managers get employees to refocus their efforts - from simply performing their singular function to continuously improving in collaboration across the organization. Case studies from Toyota clearly illustrate the methods that create powerful, effective Lean leadership. Jeffrey Liker, author of the popular Toyota Way books, is the acknowledged expert on Toyota processes. He is professor of Industrial and Operations Engineering at the University of Michigan. After his executive leadership at Toyota, Gary L. Convis became the CEO of Dana Holding Corporation, a $6.1 billion supplier to the global automotive, commercial vehicle, and off-highway markets, and helped lead it to a successful turnaround from bankruptcy. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2011 Jeffrey Liker, Gary L. Convis (P)2011 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Magic of Thinking Big

The Magic of Thinking Big

261 ratings

Summary

With more than six million copies sold worldwide, David Schwartz's timeless guide and best-selling phenomenon, The Magic of Thinking Big, is now available for the first time as an unabridged audio edition. Millions of people around the world have improved their lives through the timeless advice David Schwartz offers in The Magic of Thinking Big. In this best-selling audiobook, Schwartz proves you don't need innate talent to become successful, but you do need to understand the habit of thinking and behaving in ways that will get you there. Filled with easy-to-understand advice, this unabridged audio edition - perfect for gift giving - will put you on the road to changing the way you think, helping you work better, manage smarter, earn more money, achieve your goals, and, most importantly, live a fuller, happier life.

©1959, 1965 Prentice Hall. All rights reserved. (P)2015 Simon & Schuster, Inc. All rights reserved.

Available on Audible
Cover art for #AskGaryVee

#AskGaryVee

103 ratings

Summary

The New York Times bestselling author draws from his popular show #AskGaryVee to offer surprising, often outrageous, and imminently useful and honest answers to everything you’ve ever wanted to know—and more—about navigating the new world. Gary Vaynerchuk—the inspiring and unconventional entrepreneur who introduced us to the concept of crush it—knows how to get things done, have fun, and be massively successful. A marketing and business genius, Gary had the foresight to go beyond traditional methods and use social media tools such as Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube to reach an untapped audience that continues to grow. #AskGaryVee showcases the most useful and interesting questions Gary has addressed on his popular show. Distilling and expanding on the podcast’s most urgent and evergreen themes, Gary presents practical, timely, and timeless advice on marketing, social media, entrepreneurship, and everything else you’ve been afraid to ask but are dying to know. Gary gives you the insights and information you need on everything from effectively using Twitter to launching a small business, hiring superstars to creating a personal brand, launching products effectively to staying healthy—and even buying wine. Whether you're planning to start your own company, working in digital media, or have landed your first job in a traditional company, #AskGaryVee is your essential guide to making things happen in a big way. Narrators include: Gary Vaynerchuk, Jack Welch, Dave Ramsey, Seth Godin, Kevin Jonas, Casey Neistat, Draymond Green, Alex De Simone, Adam Braun, Adam Grant, AJ Vaynerchuk, Al Harrington, Alan Belcher, Alexis O'Hanian, Andrew Greif, Andy Dunn, Andy Krainak, Benjamin Lazarus, Beth Comstock, Black Coffee, Brittany Hoffman, Charlie Ebersol, Chase Jarvis, Chef Lizette, Cristie Kerr, Dana Anderson, Dawn Swick-Renshaw, Dennis Crowley, Dustin Keller, Erik Dellenback, Greg Pesci, India Kieser, Jack Haber, Jason Calacanis, Jason Farris, Jason Fried, John Legend, Justin Brooke, Kevin Asp, Leo LaPorte, Leslie Blodgett, Mike Vacanti, Peter Brown, Phil Rosenthal, Phillip Gimmi, Ross Walker, Scott Wyden, Sean Burrows, Shonduras, Soren Azorian, Staphon Lawrence, Steph Ruhle, Steve Sadove, Steve Unwin, Dr. Thiago Moraes, Tim Evans, Tom Ferry, Troy Carter, Warren Weeks, Zak Moy, Matt DeMayo, and Nathan Scherotter.

©2016 Gary Vaynerchuk (P)2016 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for Giant Steps

Giant Steps

19 ratings

Summary

A companion to Tony Robbins’s landmark book Awaken the Giant Within, this special book explores finest tools, techniques, principles, and strategies. Robbins offers daily inspirations and small actions that will have you taking giant steps in your life.  From the simple power of decision making to the more specific tools that can redefine the quality of your relationships, finances, health, and emotions, Robbins shows you how to get maximum results with a minimum investment of time. 

©1994 Anthony Robbins. All rights reserved (P)1994 Simon and Schuster Inc. All rights reserved.

Available on Audible
Cover art for 2 Second Lean

2 Second Lean

13 ratings

Summary

2 Second Lean will flip your world right-side up. It's a practical way to improve your life every day by making a simple two-second improvement. Join author, business expert, radio show host, and international speaker Paul A Akers, as he takes you on a LEAN journey that will transform every aspect your life - from your home to the office.

©2011 Paul A. Akers (P)2015 Paul A. Akers

Available on Audible
Cover art for Measure What Matters

Measure What Matters

280 ratings

Summary

Legendary venture capitalist John Doerr reveals how the goal-setting system of Objectives and Key Results (OKRs) has helped tech giants from Intel to Google achieve explosive growth - and how it can help any organization thrive. In the fall of 1999, John Doerr met with the founders of a start-up whom he'd just given $12.5 million, the biggest investment of his career. Larry Page and Sergey Brin had amazing technology, entrepreneurial energy, and sky-high ambitions, but no real business plan. For Google to change the world (or even to survive), Page and Brin had to learn how to make tough choices on priorities while keeping their team on track. They'd have to know when to pull the plug on losing propositions, to fail fast. And they needed timely, relevant data to track their progress - to measure what mattered. Doerr taught them about a proven approach to operating excellence: Objectives and Key Results. He had first discovered OKRs in the 1970s as an engineer at Intel, where the legendary Andy Grove ("the greatest manager of his or any era") drove the best-run company Doerr had ever seen. Later, as a venture capitalist, Doerr shared Grove's brainchild with more than 50 companies. Wherever the process was faithfully practiced, it worked. In this goal-setting system, objectives define what we seek to achieve; key results are how those top-priority goals will be attained with specific, measurable actions within a set time frame. Everyone's goals, from entry level to CEO, are transparent to the entire organization. The benefits are profound. OKRs surface an organization's most important work. They focus effort and foster coordination. They keep employees on track. They link objectives across silos to unify and strengthen the entire company. Along the way, OKRs enhance workplace satisfaction and boost retention. In Measure What Matters, Doerr shares a broad range of first-person, behind-the-scenes case studies, with narrators including Bono and Bill Gates, to demonstrate the focus, agility, and explosive growth that OKRs have spurred at so many great organizations. This book will help a new generation of leaders capture the same magic. Read by John Doerr, William Davidow, Brett Kopf, Jini Kim, Mike Lee, Atticus Tysen, Patti Stonesifer, Susan Wojcicki, Cristos Goodrow, Julia Collins, Alex Garden, Joseph Suzuki, Andrew Cole, Bono, and others 

©2018 John Doerr (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Tribal Leadership

Tribal Leadership

26 ratings

Summary

Within each corporation are anywhere from a few to hundreds of separate tribes. In Tribal Leadership, Dave Logan, John King, and Halee Fischer-Wright demonstrate how these tribes develop - and show you how to assess them and lead them to maximize productivity and growth. A business management book like no other, Tribal Leadership is an essential tool to help managers and business leaders take better control of their organizations by utilizing the unique characteristics of the tribes that exist within.

©2008 David Logan and John King. (P)2019 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Rocket Fuel

Rocket Fuel

46 ratings

Summary

Discover the vital relationship that will take your company from "what's next?" to "we have liftoff!" Visionaries have groundbreaking ideas. Integrators make those ideas realities. This explosive combination is the key to getting everything you want out of your business. It worked for Disney. It worked for McDonald's. It worked for Ford. It can work for you. From the author of the best-selling Traction, Rocket Fuel details the integral roles of the visionary and integrator and explains how an effective relationship between the two can help your business thrive. Offering advice to help visionary-minded and integrator-minded individuals find one another, Rocket Fuel also features assessments, so you're able to determine whether you're a visionary or an integrator. Without an integrator, a visionary is far less likely to succeed long term and realize the company's ultimate goals; likewise, with no visionary, an integrator can't rise to his or her full potential. When these two people come together to share their natural talents and innate skill sets, it's like rocket fuel - they have the power to reach new heights for virtually any company or organization.

©2015 Gino Wickman and Mark C. Winters (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Principles

Principles

1015 ratings

Summary

Ray Dalio, one of the world's most successful investors and entrepreneurs, shares the unconventional principles that he's developed, refined, and used over the past 40 years to create unique results in both life and business - and which any person or organization can adopt to help achieve their goals. In 1975, Ray Dalio founded an investment firm, Bridgewater Associates, out of his two-bedroom apartment in New York City. Forty years later, Bridgewater has made more money for its clients than any other hedge fund in history and has grown into the fifth most important private company in the United States, according to Fortune magazine. Dalio himself has been named to Time magazine's list of the 100 most influential people in the world. Along the way, Dalio discovered a set of unique principles that have led to Bridgewater's exceptionally effective culture, which he describes as "an idea meritocracy that strives to achieve meaningful work and meaningful relationships through radical transparency". It is these principles, and not anything special about Dalio - who grew up an ordinary kid in a middle-class Long Island neighborhood - that he believes are the reason behind his success. In Principles, Dalio shares what he's learned over the course of his remarkable career. He argues that life, management, economics, and investing can all be systemized into rules and understood like machines. The book's hundreds of practical lessons, which are built around his cornerstones of "radical truth" and "radical transparency", include Dalio laying out the most effective ways for individuals and organizations to make decisions, approach challenges, and build strong teams. He also describes the innovative tools the firm uses to bring an idea meritocracy to life, such as creating "baseball cards" for all employees that distill their strengths and weaknesses and employing computerized decision-making systems to make believability-weighted decisions. While the book brims with novel ideas for organizations and institutions, Principles also offers a clear, straightforward approach to decision making that Dalio believes anyone can apply, no matter what they're seeking to achieve. Here, from a man who has been called both "the Steve Jobs of investing" and "the philosopher king of the financial universe" (CIO magazine), is a rare opportunity to gain proven advice unlike anything you'll find in the conventional business press. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2017 Ray Dalio (P)2017 Simon & Schuster Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Don't Keep Your Day Job

Don't Keep Your Day Job

26 ratings

Summary

This program is read by the author Featured in the number one spot in 2019 "Get Motivated" podcasts on Apple Podcasts • Nominated for a Webby Award for Best Business Podcast From the creator of the number one podcast Don't Keep Your Day Job, an inspiring book about turning your passion into profit  The pursuit of happiness is all about finding our purpose. We don't want to just go to work and build someone else’s dream, we want to do our life's work. But how do we find out what we’re supposed to contribute? What are those key ingredients that push those who succeed to launch their ideas high into the sky, while the rest of us remain stuck on the ground?   Don’t Keep Your Day Job will get you fired up, ready to rip it open, and use your zone of genius to add a little more sparkle to this world. Cathy Heller, host of the popular podcast Don’t Keep Your Day Job, shares wisdom, anecdotes, and practical suggestions from successful creative entrepreneurs and experts, including actress Jenna Fischer on rejection, Gretchen Rubin on the keys to happiness, Jen Sincero on having your best badass life, and so much more. You’ll learn essential steps like how to build your side hustle, how to find your tribe, how to reach for what you truly deserve, and how to ultimately turn your passion into profit and build a life you love. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Cathy Heller (P)2019 Macmillan Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself

HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself

18 ratings

Summary

The path to your professional success starts with a critical look in the mirror. If you listen to nothing else on managing yourself, you should at least hear these 10 articles (plus the bonus article "How Will You Measure Your Life?" by Clayton M. Christensen). We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles to select the most important ones to help you maximize yourself. HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself will inspire you to: Stay engaged throughout your 50+-year work life Tap into your deepest values Solicit candid feedback Replenish physical and mental energy Balance work, home, community, and self Spread positive energy throughout your organization Rebound from tough times Decrease distractibility and frenzy Delegate and develop employees' initiative This collection of best-selling articles includes: bonus article "How Will You Measure Your Life?" by Clayton M. Christensen, "Managing Oneself", "Management Time: Who's Got the Monkey?", "How Resilience Works", "Manage Your Energy, Not Your Time", "Overloadeded Circuits: Why Smart People Underperform", "Be a Better Leader, Have a Richer Life", "Reclaim Your Job", "Moments of Greatness: Entering the Fundamental State of Leadership", "What to Ask the Person in the Mirror", and "Primal Leadership: The Hidden Driver of Great Performance." PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2010 Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for That Will Never Work

That Will Never Work

133 ratings

Summary

In the tradition of Phil Knight's Shoe Dog comes the incredible untold story of how Netflix went from concept to company - all revealed by cofounder and first CEO Marc Randolph.  Once upon a time, brick-and-mortar video stores were king. Late fees were ubiquitous, video-streaming unheard of, and widespread DVD adoption seemed about as imminent as flying cars. Indeed, these were the widely accepted laws of the land in 1997, when Marc Randolph had an idea. It was a simple thought - leveraging the internet to rent movies - and was just one of many more and far worse proposals, like personalized baseball bats and a shampoo delivery service, that Randolph would pitch to his business partner, Reed Hastings, on their commute to work each morning.  But Hastings was intrigued, and the pair - with Hastings as the primary investor and Randolph as the CEO - founded a company. Now with more than 150 million subscribers, Netflix's triumph feels inevitable, but the 21st century's most disruptive start-up began with few believers and calamity at every turn. From having to pitch his own mother on being an early investor, to the motel conference room that served as a first office, to server crashes on launch day, to the now-infamous meeting when Netflix brass pitched Blockbuster to acquire them, Marc Randolph's transformational journey exemplifies how anyone with grit, gut instincts, and determination can change the world - even with an idea that many think will never work.  What emerges, however, isn't just the inside story of one of the world's most iconic companies. Full of counterintuitive concepts and written in binge-worthy prose, it answers some of our most fundamental questions about taking that leap of faith in business or in life: How do you begin? How do you weather disappointment and failure? How do you deal with success? What even is success?  From idea generation to team building to knowing when it's time to let go, That Will Never Work is not only the ultimate follow-your-dreams parable, but also one of the most dramatic and insightful entrepreneurial stories of our time.

©2019 Marc Randolph (P)2019 Hachette Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Culture Code

The Culture Code

444 ratings

Summary

New York Times best seller The author of The Talent Code unlocks the secrets of highly successful groups and provides tomorrow’s leaders with the tools to build a cohesive, motivated culture. Named one of the best books of the year by Bloomberg and Library Journal Where does great culture come from? How do you build and sustain it in your group, or strengthen a culture that needs fixing? In The Culture Code, Daniel Coyle goes inside some of the world’s most successful organizations - including the US Navy’s SEAL Team Six, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs - and reveals what makes them tick. He demystifies the culture-building process by identifying three key skills that generate cohesion and cooperation, and explains how diverse groups learn to function with a single mind. Drawing on examples that range from Internet retailer Zappos to the comedy troupe Upright Citizens Brigade to a daring gang of jewel thieves, Coyle offers specific strategies that trigger learning, spark collaboration, build trust, and drive positive change. Coyle unearths helpful stories of failure that illustrate what not to do, troubleshoots common pitfalls, and shares advice about reforming a toxic culture.  Combining leading-edge science, on-the-ground insights from world-class leaders, and practical ideas for action, The Culture Code offers a roadmap for creating an environment where innovation flourishes, problems get solved, and expectations are exceeded. Culture is not something you are - it’s something you do. The Culture Code puts the power in your hands. No matter the size of your group or your goal, this book can teach you the principles of cultural chemistry that transform individuals into teams that can accomplish amazing things together.

©2018 Daniel Coyle (P)2018 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Employee Experience Advantage

The Employee Experience Advantage

2 ratings

Summary

Recently a new type of organization has emerged, one that focuses on employee experiences as a way to drive innovation, increase customer satisfaction, find and hire the best people, make work more engaging, and improve overall performance. The Employee Experience Advantage is the first book of its kind to tackle this emerging topic, which is becoming the number-one priority for business leaders around the world. Backed by an extensive research project that looked at over 150 studies and articles, featured extensive interviews with over 150 executives, and analyzed over 250 global organizations, this book clearly breaks down the three environments that make up every single employee experience at every organization around the world and how to design for them. These are the cultural, technological, and physical environments. This book explores the attributes that organizations need to focus on in each one of these environments to create cool spaces, ACE technology, and a celebrated culture. Featuring exclusive case studies, unique frameworks, and never-before-seen research, The Employee Experience Advantage guides listeners on a journey of creating a place where people actually want to show up to work.

©2017 Jacob Morgan (P)2019 Gildan Media, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Summary of Measure What Matters

Summary of Measure What Matters

Summary

Please note: This concise summary is unofficial and is not authorized, approved, licensed, or endorsed by the original book's publisher or author. Short on time? Or maybe you’ve already read the book, but need a refresh on the most important takeaways. In a quick, easy listen, you can take the main principles from Measure What Matters: How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs! John Doerr spells out the recipe for efficiency in corporations by using objectives and key results. A seasoned pro, Doerr traces on his history with OKRs and uses several examples from case studies by people who have implemented his system of utilizing OKRs. What unrolls is this: a great story and mission aren’t the only keys to success; having a structured, transparent way of creating goals aligns a company and drives them to better performance. Doerr uses several case studies from tech companies, and even a musician, to present how OKRs changed their missions from being visions into reality.

©2019 Henrae LLC (P)2020 Henrae LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Make Money Online

Make Money Online

Summary

Make Money Online is the audiobook that will tell you all there is to know about the online world. This book will give you a brief introduction of what has changed in the last decade and how working has become simpler with the advent of online jobs. You can like any activity, like travelling, photography, singing, financial consultancy, designing, teaching, and etc., and you will find a way to make money online, with this book. This book has something to offer each and every person out there. It will also tell you why you should, or why you should not, move toward an online-world career and help you make an informed decision. To make the book very useful for you, all the sites that can be of use to you are mentioned in the book. I am sure you will find them really helpful, and they will give you a good head start.

©2015 Clint Jackson (P)2015 Brian Hawthorn

Available on Audible
Cover art for Working Machines

Working Machines

Summary

Working Machines - An executive’s guide to AI and Intelligent Automation takes a look at how the renewed vigour for the development of Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Automation technology has begun to change how businesses operate. It provides a step-by-step guide to building your own AI and Intelligent Automation strategies and frameworks, while also giving you insight into the way it is currently being used across multiple industries.  The contents of this book will be especially beneficial for anyone who is in senior management including c-level executives, business owners and entrepreneurs.  The book is easy to understand for non-technical business leaders and consultants who are tasked with assisting a business in building its AI and Automation strategies. Anyone who has a career in the digital space will find value in this book. Artificial Intelligence has already become pervasive, so there really isn’t a better time than now to become well-versed in its current capability as well as what experts predict will take place in the next few years. What will you learn? What AI is exactly and its role in revolutionising the workplace Concepts and technology behind the applications and solutions on the market  AI’s history and expected applications and trends in the future Ethics behind AI development Tools to help you get started with your own projects

©2020 WeAreBrain (P)2021 WeAreBrain

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Spirit of Kaizen

The Spirit of Kaizen

9 ratings

Summary

The easy-to-implement guide to driving organizational change by applying the proven concept of kaizen UCLA psychologist and organizational consultant Dr. Robert Maurer provides a simple and proven effective technique for making major changes with minimal disruption. Applying the operational concept of kaizen - small, continual improvements - to common management challenges, managers can drive major improvements with a series of well-planned techniques for boosting quality, innovation, sales, and morale.

©2012 Robert Maurer (P)2012 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Every Tool's a Hammer

Every Tool's a Hammer

262 ratings

Summary

In this New York Times best-selling “imperative how-to for creativity” (Nick Offerman), Adam Savage - star of Discovery Channel’s Mythbusters - shares his golden rules of creativity, from finding inspiration to following through and successfully making your idea a reality.  Every Tool’s a Hammer is a chronicle of my life as a maker. It’s an exploration of making, but it’s also a permission slip of sorts from me to you. Permission to grab hold of the things you’re interested in, that fascinate you, and to dive deeper into them to see where they lead you. Through stories from 40-plus years of making and molding, building and break­ing, along with the lessons I learned along the way, this book is meant to be a toolbox of problem solving, complete with a shop’s worth of notes on the tools, techniques, and materials that I use most often. Things like:  In Every Tool There Is a Hammer - don’t wait until everything is perfect to begin a project, and if you don’t have the exact right tool for a task, just use whatever’s handy;  Increase Your Loose Tolerance - making is messy and filled with screwups, but that’s okay, as creativity is a path with twists and turns and not a straight line to be found;  Use More Cooling Fluid - it prolongs the life of blades and bits, and it prevents tool failure, but beyond that it’s a reminder to slow down and reduce the fric­tion in your work and relationships;  Screw Before You Glue - mechanical fasteners allow you to change and modify a project; glue is forever, but sometimes you just need the right glue, so I dig into which ones will do the job with the least harm and best effects.  This toolbox also includes lessons from many other incredible makers and creators, including: Jamie Hyneman, Nick Offerman, Pixar director Andrew Stanton, Oscar-winner Guillermo del Toro, artist Tom Sachs, and Chef Traci Des Jardins. And if everything goes well, we will hopefully save you a few mistakes (and maybe fingers) as well as help you turn your curiosities into creations. I hope this book serves as “creative rocket fuel” (Ed Helms) to build, make, invent, explore, and - most of all - enjoy the thrills of being a creator.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Adam Savage (P)2019 Simon & Schuster

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Road Less Stupid

The Road Less Stupid

22 ratings

Summary

Smart people do dumb things. Here's the proof: How much money would you have right now if I gave you the ability to unwind any three financial decisions you have ever made?  Years ago, after suffering a humiliatingly large dumb tax, it dawned on me that I have a seemingly unlimited ability to hit unforced errors and sabotage my business and financial success. I suspect you do, too. It turns out that the key to getting rich (and staying that way) is to avoid doing stupid things. I don't need to do more smart things. I just need to make fewer dumb mistakes. The vast majority of our dumb tax is a direct result of emotional, overly optimistic, and poorly thought out decisions. Every one of those three decisions you would love to unwind was an avoidable mistake.  Thinking is critical to sustainable success in business; said another way, business is an intellectual sport. The principles and structure suggested in The Road Less Stupid will enable anyone, regardless of the size of the business, the currency, or the industry, to run their business more effectively, make more money, and dramatically increase the likelihood of keeping that money. It all hinges on Thinking Time.  This is a business book for business listeners who want to learn the principles and strategies of making great decisions and minimizing risk. The structure of Thinking Time will enable you to minimize reacting emotionally and defaulting to the most obvious "best idea" available in the moment. The series of short chapters and subsequent Thinking Time questions are designed to maximize clarity and create better choices...either of which will result in fewer stupid mistakes.  This is the real "secret": The chance of success goes up when you think, plan, consistently execute the right things, and worry about the possibility of loss. Here it is on a bumper sticker: Operators react and sweat. Owners think and plan.

©2017-2018 Keith J. Cunningham (P)2018 Keith J. Cunningham

Available on Audible
Cover art for Building an Empire

Building an Empire

66 ratings

Summary

Brian Carruthers has built one of the largest, most profitable downline teams in all of network marketing in the last decade. His success system helped his team grow to more than 400,000 distributors, including countless stories of lives being changed for the better by the incomes generated.  Beyond the surface success of gaining wealth and living the dream lifestyle as an eight-figure income earner, Brian's alignment of personal goals with a greater purpose of helping to change lives has fueled his passion for this profession. Brian pours nearly 20 years of knowledge, experience, and wisdom from being in the field working with thousands of distributors into this groundbreaking book. Use it as your comprehensive manual/guidebook and you will save yourself from going down the wrong paths, avoid the pitfalls that stop many networkers in their journeys, and cut years off your learning curve. Applying the wisdom from this book will make you more effective, more profitable, and you will have more fun on your rise to the top while you are building your empire!  In this New Level Edition, Brian adds additional chapters and learnings that have expanded his business exponentially since the release of the original book.

©2020 Brian Carruthers (P)2020 Brian Carruthers

Available on Audible
Cover art for Bad Blood

Bad Blood

1232 ratings

Summary

New York Times Best Seller Named one of the best books of the year by: NPR, The New York Times Book Review, Time, Wall Street Journal, Washington Post  The McKinsey Business Book of the Year  The full inside story of the breathtaking rise and shocking collapse of Theranos, the one-time multibillion-dollar biotech start-up founded by Elizabeth Holmes - now the subject of the HBO documentary The Inventor - by the prize-winning journalist who first broke the story and pursued it to the end.  “The story is even crazier than I expected, and I found myself unable to put it down once I started. This book has everything: elaborate scams, corporate intrigue, magazine cover stories, ruined family relationships, and the demise of a company once valued at nearly $10 billion.” (Bill Gates) In 2014, Theranos founder and CEO Elizabeth Holmes was widely seen as the female Steve Jobs: a brilliant Stanford dropout whose start-up “unicorn” promised to revolutionize the medical industry with a machine that would make blood testing significantly faster and easier. Backed by investors such as Larry Ellison and Tim Draper, Theranos sold shares in a fund-raising round that valued the company at more than $9 billion, putting Holmes’ worth at an estimated $4.7 billion. There was just one problem: The technology didn’t work. A riveting story of the biggest corporate fraud since Enron, a tale of ambition and hubris set amid the bold promises of Silicon Valley.

©2018 John Carreyrou (P)2018 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for First Things First

First Things First

14 ratings

Summary

First Things First is a revolutionary guide to managing your time by learning how to balance your life. Traditional time management suggests that working harder, smarter, and faster will help you gain control over your life, and that increased control will bring peace and fulfillment. But in the first real breakthrough in time management in years, the authors of First Things First apply the insights of The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People to our daily problems of struggling with the ever-increasing demands of work and home life. Rather than focusing on time and things, First Things First emphasizes relationships and results. And instead of efficiency, this new approach emphasizes effectiveness. It tells us why we feel a gap between how we spend our time and what's deeply important to us; how focusing on efficiency and control increases the gap instead of closing it; how to determine if what you're doing is really important, or only urgent; how to overcome the tremendous gravity of habit; how to put people ahead of schedules; and how to lead your life, not just manage your time. Offering a principle-centered approach and the wisdom and insight that made The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People a #1 best seller, First Things First empowers listeners to define what is truly important; to accomplish worthwhile goals; and to lead rich, rewarding, and balanced lives.

©1997 Stephen R. Covey (P)1997 Covey Leadership Center, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Team Mastery

Team Mastery

Summary

Great Teams Need SQUAD Depth If you have ever been part of a great team, you will know it is exponentially better than being part of a mediocre team. Teams are at the heart of working in complex domains and are essential to the success of agile approaches yet relatively few teams achieve greatness.  Agile and leadership coach Geoff Watts has pulled together his many years of experience with all sorts of teams from software to product development, from medical teams to sports teams and has identified five common characteristics of great teams:  Self-Improvement Quality Unity Audacity Delivery   These characteristics are not binary, but can be developed through conscious and deliberate action and practice with many milestones along the way towards team mastery. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Inspect & Adapt Ltd (P)2020 Inspect & Adapt Ltd

Available on Audible
Cover art for Mastering the Rockefeller Habits

Mastering the Rockefeller Habits

12 ratings

Summary

What are the underlying handful of fundamentals that haven't changed for over a hundred years? From Harnish's famous "One-Page Strategic Plan" to his concise outline of eight practical actions you can take to strengthen your culture, this book is a compilation of best practices adapted from some of the best-run firms on the planet. Included is an instructive chapter co-authored by Rich Russakoff, revealing winning tactics to get banks to finance your business. Please note: the endorsement pages and case studies found in the printed book are not included in this audiobook.

©2002 Verne Harnish (P)2002 Verne Harnish

Available on Audible
Cover art for Beyond the E-Myth

Beyond the E-Myth

1 rating

Summary

Beyond the E-Myth embraces the fundamental premise of that first book - that a small business only succeeds to the degree its owner goes to work on the business rather than just in it, creating the systemic operating system that makes that business unique in the marketplace.  Beyond the E-Myth expands that conversation with the entrepreneurial small business owner, in a clear, precise, and compelling overview that addresses their main job - inventing, building, and launching a company with the power to "scale" - to grow beyond the "Company of One" in a straightforward, eight-step process. When asked, Gerber emphatically explains: "I wrote this to make the job of building a small business easy - for every man or woman struggling to get it right. This book cuts to the chase: A company is a product to be sold. Build it right, and you will sell it. Build it wrong, and you won't. Most small business owners won't. This book was written to fix that."

©2016 Michael E. Gerber (P)2021 One Audiobooks

Available on Audible
Cover art for Your First Year in Network Marketing

Your First Year in Network Marketing

16 ratings

Summary

Network marketing is one of the fastest-growing career opportunities in the United States. Millions of people just like you have abandoned dead-end jobs for the chance to achieve the dream of growing their own businesses. What many of them find, however, is that the first year in network marketing is often the most challenging---and, for some, the most discouraging. Here, Mark Yarnell and Rene Reid Yarnell, two of the industry's most respected and successful professionals, offer you strategies on how to overcome those first-year obstacles and position yourself for lifelong success. They provide you with a wealth of savvy advice on everything you need to know to succeed in network marketing, such as proven systems for recruiting, training, growing, and supporting your downline and much more. In an easy, step-by-step approach, you will learn how to: Deal with rejection Recruit and train Avoid overmanaging your downline Remain focused Stay enthusiastic Avoid unrealistic expectations Conduct those in-home meetings Ease out of another profession You owe it to yourself to listen to this inspiring book!

©1998 Mark Yarnell and Rene Reid Yarnell (P)2011 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Practice

The Practice

90 ratings

Summary

From the best-selling author of Linchpin, Tribes, and The Dip comes an elegant little book that will inspire artists, writers, and entrepreneurs to stretch and commit to putting their best work out into the world. Creative work doesn't come with a guarantee. But there is a pattern to who succeeds and who doesn't. And engaging in the consistent practice of its pursuit is the best way forward.  Based on the breakthrough Akimbo workshop pioneered by legendary author Seth Godin, The Practice will help you get unstuck and find the courage to make and share creative work. Godin insists that writer's block is a myth, that consistency is far more important than authenticity, and that experiencing the imposter syndrome is a sign that you're a well-adjusted human. Most of all, he shows you what it takes to turn your passion from a private distraction to a productive contribution, the one you've been seeking to share all along. With this book as your guide, you'll learn to dance with your fear. To take the risks worth taking. And to embrace the empathy required to make work that contributes with authenticity and joy. 

©2020 Seth Godin (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Length: 5 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Expert Secrets

Expert Secrets

138 ratings

Summary

Your message has the ability to change someone's life. The impact that the right message can have on someone at the right time in their life is immeasurable. It could help to save marriages, repair families, change someone's health, grow a company, or more...  But only if you know how to get it into the hands of the people whose lives you have been called to change. Expert Secrets will put your message into the hands of people who need it.

©2017 Russell Brunson (P)2018 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Millionaire Real Estate Investor

The Millionaire Real Estate Investor

89 ratings

Summary

Keller Williams' The Millionaire Real Estate Investor is your handbook to the tried and true financial wealth-building vehicle that rewards patience and perseverance and is available to all: real estate. You'll learn about the myths about money and investing that hold people back and how to develop the mindset of a millionaire investor; how to develop sound criteria for identifying great real-estate investment opportunities; how to zero in on the key terms of any transaction and achieve the best possible deals; and how to develop the "dream team" that will help you build your millionaire investment business. Here are proven models and strategies millionaire investors use to track their net worth, understand their finances, build their network, lead-generate for properties, and acquire them. The Millionaire Real Estate Investor is about you and your money. It's about your financial potential. It's about discovering the millionaire investor in you. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2005 Rellek Publishing Partners, Ltd. (P)2005 Millionaire Systems

Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Start a Business: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide to Starting a Small Business from Business Plan to Scaling Up + LLC

How to Start a Business: The Ultimate Step-by-Step Guide to Starting a Small Business from Business Plan to Scaling Up + LLC

1 rating

Summary

If you're thinking about starting your own business, then pay attention.... Two comprehensive manuscripts in one audiobook: How to Start a Business: Step-by-Step Start from Business Idea and Business Plan to Having Your Own Small Business, Including Home-Based Business Tips, Sole Proprietorship, LLC, Marketing and More LLC: The Ultimate Guide to Starting a Limited Liability Company, and How to Deal with LLC Accounting and LLC Taxes Are you excited to start a business? Do you have an idea or are just fascinated with the idea of launching and growing your own enterprise? If so, then congratulations! Starting a business can be a remarkable journey that can change your life for the better. But before you start, remember the following: You don't know what you don't know. And what you don't know can be a huge roadblock in business.  You see, most people who start a business make the same mistakes - with both their planning and execution. You may even make costly yet avoidable errors that cause you to lose huge amounts of money. But now, you can stay informed with insider tips, usually only known to successful businesspeople, that will guide you and help you to avoid pitfalls. Part one of this audiobook includes: A step-by-step guide to walk you through the process of launching your business from start to finish Valuable insights into funding Proven business administration tips so you can avoid getting into trouble A simple guide to scaling your business And much, much more! Some of the topics that are discussed in part two of this audiobook are: LLCs explained, pros, cons Steps to starting an LLC LLC state-specific guidelines LLC hiring tips And much more So, what are you waiting for? Start your learning now by downloading this magnificent audiobook.

©2018 Greg Shields (P)2018 Greg Shields

Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Win at the Sport of Business

How to Win at the Sport of Business

109 ratings

Summary

Using the greatest material from his popular Blog Maverick, Cuban has collected and updated his postings on business and life to provide a catalog of insider knowledge on what it takes to become a thriving entrepreneur. He tells his own rags-to-riches story of how he went from selling powdered milk and sleeping on friends' couches to owning his own company and becoming a multibillion-dollar success story. His unconventional yet highly effective ideas on how to build a successful business offer entrepreneurs at any stage of their careers a huge edge over their competitors.

©2011 Mark Cuban (P)2015 Audible Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Art, Inc.

Art, Inc.

6 ratings

Summary

You don't have to starve to be an artist. Build a career doing what you love. In this practical guide, professional artist Lisa Congdon reveals the many ways you can earn a living by making art - through illustration, licensing, fine art sales, print sales, teaching, and beyond. Including industry advice from such successful art-world pros as Nikki McClure, Mark Hearld, Paula Scher, and more, Art, Inc. will equip you with the tools - and the confidence - to turn your passion into a profitable business.  Learn how to: set actionable goals, diversify your income, manage your bookkeeping, copyright your work, promote with social media, build a standout website, exhibit with galleries, sell and price your work, license your art, acquire an agent, and much more.

©2014 Lisa Congdon; Foreword copyright 2014 by Jonathan Fields (P)2019 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Venture Deals, 4th Edition

Venture Deals, 4th Edition

10 ratings

Summary

How do venture capital deals come together? This is one of the most frequent questions asked by each generation of new entrepreneurs. Surprisingly, there is little reliable information on the subject. No one understands this better than Brad Feld and Jason Mendelson.  The founders and driving force behind the Foundry Group - a venture capital firm focused on investing in early-stage information technology companies - Brad and Jason have been involved in hundreds of venture capital financings. Their investments range from small startups to large Series A venture financing rounds. The new edition of Venture Deals continues to show fledgling entrepreneurs the inner-workings of the VC process, from the venture capital term sheet and effective negotiating strategies to the initial seed and the later stages of development.   Fully updated to reflect the intricacies of startups and entrepreneurship in today's dynamic economic environment, this new edition includes revisions and updates to coverage on negotiating, gender issues, ICO's, and economic terms. New chapters examine legal and procedural considerations relevant to fundraising, bank debt, equity and convertible debt, how to hire an investment banker to sell a company, and more.

©2019 Brad Feld and Jason Mendelson (P)2019 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Driven to Distraction at Work

Driven to Distraction at Work

15 ratings

Summary

Are you driven to distraction at work? Best-selling author Edward M. Hallowell, MD, the world's leading expert on ADD and ADHD, has set his sights on a new goal: helping people feel more in control and productive at work. You know the feeling: You can't focus; you feel increasingly overwhelmed by a mix of nonstop demands and technology that seems to be moving at the speed of light; and you're frustrated just trying to get everything done well - and on time. Not only is this taking a toll on performance, it's impacting your sense of well-being outside the office. It's time to reclaim control. Dr. Hallowell now identifies the underlying reasons why people lose their ability to focus at work. He explains why commonly offered solutions like "learn to manage your time better" or "make a to-do list" don't work because they ignore the deeper issues that are the true causes of mental distraction. Based on his years of helping clients develop constructive ways to deal with distraction, Dr. Hallowell provides a set of practical and reliable techniques to show how to sustain a productive mental state. In Part 1 of the audiobook, he identifies the six most common ways people lose the ability to focus at work - what he calls "screen sucking" (Internet/social media addiction), multitasking, idea hopping (never finishing what you start), worrying, playing the hero, and dropping the ball - and he explains the underlying psychological and emotional dynamics driving each behavior. Part two of the book provides advice for "training" your attention overall so that you are less susceptible to surrendering it in any situation. The result is a book that will empower you to combat each one of these common syndromes - and clear a path for you to achieve your highest personal and professional goals. Cover design by Kimberly Glyder

©2015 Edward M. Hallowell, MD (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for How We Can Win

How We Can Win

13 ratings

Summary

Our kids are smart, our banks are sound, our health care system is humane, our democracy is stable - but technological change is about to disrupt our economy and threaten our way of life. Canadians aren't ready for the race to the future. Can we still catch up - or even win? Yes, says Anthony Lacavera, one of Canada's most successful entrepreneurs and venture capitalists. But we need to change the way we think and talk about our own abilities - dream bigger, aim higher, and go for gold, not bronze. We also need to change the way we do business. Our dominant business culture, Lacavera believes, is fundamentally unCanadian: traditional, backward-looking, insular, timid, greedy, unoriginal - everything that Canadians themselves are not. And that unCanadian business culture, protected by outmoded regulations and government policies, is stifling our economic growth. It dumps roadblocks in the paths of entrepreneurs who want to build the kind of powerhouse businesses that will create jobs and fuel our economy. Anthony Lacavera faced those roadblocks himself when he was building WIND - an epic battle against the big three telecommunications giants in Canada. But he's certain we have the talent and the brains to tear those roadblocks down. He gives us vivid portraits of some of Canada's most important natural resources: our talented, innovative entrepreneurs, who want to change the world for the better (and, yes, make money while they're at it). But we are shipping far too many of them to the United States, gift-wrapped in our tax dollars. They don't want to leave - they're forced out because it's just too difficult to build big, bold businesses in Canada. How We Can Win explains what we need to do to keep them here and what all Canadians must do to ensure our future prosperity. Our biggest problem is not that we are a small country but that we think too small. We can be a nation of big dreamers and bigger doers. Not by aping Silicon Valley but by focusing on uniquely Canadian strengths and then doubling down on them. If we bet aggressively on ourselves and our future rather than clinging to the status quo, we will create a new, more solid economic foundation - one that allows us to win the race to the future without leaving home.

©2017 Anthony Lacavera and Kate Fillion (P)2017 Penguin Random House Canada

Available on Audible
Cover art for HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing People

HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing People

5 ratings

Summary

HBR's 10 Must Reads series is the definitive collection of books for new and experienced leaders alike. Leaders looking for the inspiration that big ideas provide, both to accelerate their own growth and that of their companies, should look no further. HBR's 10 Must Reads series focuses on the core topics that every ambitious manager needs to know: leadership, strategy, change, managing people, and managing yourself. Harvard Business Review has sorted through hundreds of articles and selected only the most essential ones on each topic. Each title includes timeless advice that will be relevant regardless of an ever-changing business environment. Classic ideas, enduring advice, the best thinkers: HBR's 10 Must Reads. Managing people is fraught with challenges - even if you're a seasoned manager. Here's how to handle them. If you listen to nothing else on managing people, you should at least hear these 10 articles. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you maximize your employees' performance. HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing People will inspire you to: Tailor your management styles to fit your people Motivate with more responsibility, not more money Support first-time managers Build trust by soliciting input Teach smart people how to learn from failure Build high-performing teams Manage your boss PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2011 Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Lean Product Playbook

The Lean Product Playbook

21 ratings

Summary

The missing manual on how to apply Lean Startup to build products that customers love. The Lean Product Playbook is a practical guide to building products that customers love. Whether you work at a start-up or a large, established company, we all know that building great products is hard. Most new products fail. This book helps improve your chances of building successful products through clear, step-by-step guidance and advice. The Lean Startup movement has contributed new and valuable ideas about product development and has generated lots of excitement. However, many companies have yet to successfully adopt Lean thinking. Despite their enthusiasm and familiarity with the high-level concepts, many teams run into challenges when trying to adopt Lean, because they feel like they lack specific guidance on what exactly they should be doing. If you are interested in Lean Startup principles and want to apply them to develop winning products, this audiobook is for you. This book describes the Lean Product Process: a repeatable, easy-to-follow methodology for iterating your way to product-market fit. It walks you through how to: Determine your target customers Identify underserved customer needs Create a winning product strategy Decide on your Minimum Viable Product (MVP) Design your MVP prototype Test your MVP with customers Iterate rapidly to achieve product-market fit This book was written by entrepreneur and Lean product expert Dan Olsen, whose experience spans product management, UX design, coding, analytics, and marketing across a variety of products. As a hands-on consultant, he refined and applied the advice in this book as he helped many companies improve their product processes and build great products. His clients include Facebook, Box, Hightail, Epocrates, and Medallia. Entrepreneurs, executives, product managers, designers, developers, marketers, analysts, and anyone who is passionate about building great products will find The Lean Product Playbook an indispensable resource. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Dan Olsen (P)2016 Gildan Media LLC

Length: 9 hrs and 54 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Marketing en Redes Sociales 2019: Secretos y Estrategias de Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter y Snapchat [Marketing in Social Networks 2019: Secrets and Strategies of Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter and Snapchat]

Marketing en Redes Sociales 2019: Secretos y Estrategias de Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter y Snapchat [Marketing in Social Networks 2019: Secrets and Strategies of Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter and Snapchat]

Summary

¿Te gustaría construir tu propia marca personal o tener un negocio online y convertirte en un Influencer de tu nicho? Quieres aumentar el uso y potencial de las redes sociales para hacer crecer tu negocio en 2019 y más adelante? O siempre has deseado tener un sistema automatizado que te pueda traer cada mes nuevos clientes importantes a tu negocio? Implementar el uso de las redes sociales dentro de un negocio ya no es una opción. Como bien sabes, el 77% de la población de EE. UU. Había creado un perfil en 2018 y, según las estimaciones, el número de usuarios de redes sociales en todo el mundo alcanzó los 2,34 mil millones y se espera que crezca hasta alcanzar los 2,95 mil millones para 2020; con esto deberías comprender fácilmente por qué las redes sociales son esenciales para cualquier empresa. Además te dan la oportunidad de comunicarte con muchas personas y al mismo tiempo te permite elegir una audiencia restringida seleccionando las características demográficas y los intereses de los potenciales compradores. Permite a las empresas comunicar su propuesta de valor, interceptando la necesidad latente de los clientes potenciales en diferentes momentos del día y en los diferentes momentos de las fases de compra. De ahí el por qué son capaces de influir mucho más en las decisiones de compra de los clientes. En pocas palabras, esto es lo que encontrarás en las páginas de este libro: Cómo construir un negocio online asombroso encontrando nichos de oro e identificando las perspectivas correctas La mejor estrategia para construir una audiencia fiel utilizando Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter, Snapchat y Pinterest de forma orgánica y congruente La única forma de obtener un ROI positivo con tus anuncios de Facebook Los mejores trucos psicológicos para comprometer a tus potenciales clientes con tus ofertas y convertirlos en nuevos clientes La fórmula mágica para monetizar tu habilidad social al construir tu marca personal y convertirte en un influencer en tu nicho Y mucho más… En conclusión, esta guía contiene un enfoque fácil de seguir que permite a cualquier persona, incluso a quienes no poseen las habilidades informáticas necesarias, comprender y poner en práctica las estrategias que contiene. El libro tiene una aplicación práctica que realmente te enseñará cómo “ensuciarte las manos” al comenzar a construir y monetizar tus negocios online. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

©2019 Steven Sparrow (P)2019 Steven Sparrow

Available on Audible
Cover art for Restaurant Success by the Numbers, Second Edition

Restaurant Success by the Numbers, Second Edition

10 ratings

Summary

A one-stop start-up guide from an accountant-turned-restaurateur. Ninety percent of all restaurants fail, and those that succeed happened upon that mysterious X factor, right? Wrong! A man of many hats - money-guy, restaurant owner, and restaurant consultant - Roger Fields shows how a restaurant can survive its first year and keep diners coming back for years. Featuring real-life start-up stories (including many of the author's own), this comprehensive how-to walks listeners through the logistics of opening a restaurant: concept, location, menu, ambiance, staff, and, most important, profit. Updated to address current trends such as food trucks and to tackle online opportunities (and pitfalls!) including Groupon, Yelp, and Twitter, Restaurant Success by the Numbers remains a critical resource for navigating the food industry. Opening a restaurant isn't easy, but this realistic dreamer's guide helps set the table for lasting success. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2014 Roger Fields (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Author: Roger Fields
Length: 14 hrs and 46 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for User Friendly

User Friendly

7 ratings

Summary

2019 Amazon.com Best Books of the Year This program includes material read by the authors. In User Friendly, Cliff Kuang and Robert Fabricant reveal the untold story of a paradigm that quietly rules our modern lives: the assumption that machines should anticipate what we need. Spanning over a century of sweeping changes, from women’s rights to the Great Depression to World War II to the rise of the digital era, this audiobook unpacks the ways in which the world has been - and continues to be - remade according to the principles of the once-obscure discipline of user-experience design. In this essential program, Kuang and Fabricant map the hidden rules of the designed world and shed light on how those rules have caused our world to change - an underappreciated but essential history that’s pieced together for the first time. Combining the expertise and insight of a leading journalist and a pioneering designer, User Friendly provides a definitive, thoughtful, and practical perspective on a topic that has rapidly gone from arcane to urgent to inescapable. In User Friendly, Kuang and Fabricant tell the whole story for the first time - and you’ll never interact with technology the same way again.

©2019 Cliff Kuang, Robert Fabricant (P)2019 Macmillan Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of Being Ruthless

The Art of Being Ruthless

4 ratings

Summary

Are you someone who desires to become a ruthless individual? Are you tired of being pushed around, mocked and frustrated by your boss, coworkers and family members? Have you read countless book and blog article about how to be ruthless, only to be frustrated with the bad behavior that it seems to encourage? Believe it or not, but there's actually a middle ground between being a complete pushover and being a strong, assertive individual. With The Art of Being Ruthless, we're going to teach you how you can stand up for yourself and get the respect that you desire so greatly. This isn't some lame brained book about pick up culture nor is it a guide on how to be a complete jerk, rather we're going to look deeply into the psyche of American culture and learn how compliance has become commonplace in our lives. Compliance is a huge part of our lives and we are subject to the whims and controls of the corporate lifestyle, the business world and the consumerist culture around us. But you can break free of those chains and live the life that you've always wanted to. If you want to be free from the system that binds and controls you, then this is the book for you. Break the chains of compliance and take hold of your life!

©2016 Michael Sloan (P)2016 Michael Sloan

Narrator: Jim D. Johnston
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Social Media Marketing: How to Dominate Your Niche in 2019 with Your Small Business and Personal Brand Using Instagram Influencers, YouTube, Facebook Advertising, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and Twitter

Social Media Marketing: How to Dominate Your Niche in 2019 with Your Small Business and Personal Brand Using Instagram Influencers, YouTube, Facebook Advertising, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and Twitter

Summary

If you want to discover how to dominate your niche in 2019 using social media marketing, then pay attention... It is no secret that social media is massive and the influence that it has over people is just as large.  If you want to expand your business rapidly and develop new channels of income for your brand, you need to get on social media and start using it in alignment with the marketing trends that are currently dominant, as well as the ones that will rise in 2019.  If you are ready to discover how to use social media in 2019 and build a massive, influential presence for your brand online, then this book is for you!  This will instantly become your ultimate guide for marketing all year long, helping you navigate everything from how to set goals for your brand to how to dominate on the six biggest platforms on the internet in 2019.  In this audiobook, you will learn valuable tools such as: How to create social media marketing goals for your brand Picking the right platforms for your goals Generating a presence in front of your target niche audience Learning how to navigate the six major social media networks Developing strategies for each of these networks Incorporating social media into your sales funnels Leveraging Instagram influencers properly to grow your brand Using Facebook advertisements to grow and convert your audience Branding your platforms effectively And more! If you want to learn more about social media marketing, then scroll up and click “add to cart”!

©2019 Matt Golden (P)2019 Matt Golden

Narrator: Brian R. Scott
Author: Matt Golden
Length: 3 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Prosperous Coach: Increase Income and Impact for You and Your Clients

The Prosperous Coach: Increase Income and Impact for You and Your Clients

99 ratings

Summary

Show your clients what they cannot see. Say to your clients what no one else would dare to say. And you will have all the clients you ever desire. Whether you are a new coach or you already have a six-figure coaching practice, The Prosperous Coach will show you how to: Access a set of tools you can use to begin creating your own clients immediately Sign clients you love while maintaining your integrity Match your unique skills and talents with the clients you serve Develop a system that works for you for referrals and new clients, time after time Make bold, life-changing proposals Move beyond the deep-seated beliefs that hold most coaches back from success for themselves and their clients Overcome - forever - the two levels of fear that coaches face Move from people-pleasing to powerful service Be a world-class coach with highly committed clients And so much more….

©2013 Maurice Bassett (P)2015 Maurice Bassett

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Altman Close

The Altman Close

11 ratings

Summary

Land the deals you want and develop your instincts with million-dollar negotiation techniques.  After selling over $3 billion in real estate, including the most expensive one-bedroom house in history, Josh Altman, costar of the hit show Million-Dollar Listing Los Angeles, wants to teach you the real estate sales and negotiation tactics that have made him one of America's top agents. Buying or selling a house, whether for a client or yourself, is one of the most important (and most stressful) deals anyone can make, demanding emotional intelligence and a solid set of negotiating skills. But by mastering the same techniques that sell multi-million-dollar homes in Bel Air and Beverly Hills, you can attract buyers and close deals on any property.  Josh breaks down the art of real estate into three simple parts. First, he'll help you get business in the door during the Opening. Then he takes you step-by-step through the Work: everything between the first handshake and the last. And finally, the Close, the last step that ensures all your hard work pays off as you seal the deal.

©2019 Josh Altman (P)2019 Gildan Media

Narrator: Austin Rising
Author: Josh Altman
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for HBR Guide to Getting the Mentoring You Need

HBR Guide to Getting the Mentoring You Need

1 rating

Summary

Find the right person to help supercharge your career. Whether you're eyeing a specific leadership role, hoping to advance your skills, or simply looking to broaden your professional network, you need to find someone who can help. Wait for a senior manager to come looking for you - and you'll probably be waiting forever. Instead you need to find the mentoring that will help you achieve your goals. Managed correctly, mentoring is a powerful and efficient tool for moving up. The HBR Guide to Getting the Mentoring You Need will help you get it right. You'll learn how to: Find new ways to stand out in your organization Set clear and realistic development goals Identify and build relationships with influential sponsors Give back and bring value to mentors and senior advisers Evaluate your progress in reaching your professional goals

©2014 Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Length: 3 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for El mejor negocio del mundo [The Best Business in The World]

El mejor negocio del mundo [The Best Business in The World]

Summary

Te voy a mostrar cómo puedes crear un negocio propio que te permita cambiar tu vida y disfrutar al máximo todos los días. Muchas personas desean dedicarse a lo que aman, pero no saben cómo empezar, también necesitan más dinero, pero no saben cómo generarlo, simplemente están en búsqueda de la felicidad financiera. La felicidad financiera sencillamente la obtenemos cuando aprendemos a ganar dinero haciendo lo que más disfrutamos en la vida. Desde ese instante nuestros días son mucho más placenteros porque nos dedicamos a un negocio y podemos ganar dinero ayudando a otros, compartiendo nuestro talento con el mundo. Si no has podido conseguir lo que esperabas, llegó la hora de darte una segunda oportunidad como lo expresa el gran autor best seller en finanzas personales Robert Kiyosaki, hoy es el momento perfecto para que comiences el camino hacia tu libertad financiera. Voy a compartir contigo el triángulo de poder que te permitirá conocer tus fortalezas para luego buscar oportunidades de negocio con ellas, también te mostraré cómo implementar hábitos inteligentes en el manejo del dinero para que puedas acelerar el crecimiento de tu negocio o de tu emprendimiento. Es el momento de emprender un negocio sin miedo, con la certeza de que siguiendo las claves que te voy a enseñar vas a crecer de forma exponencial en el proceso. Quiero invitarte a que hoy te des la oportunidad de crear un nuevo estilo de vida, haciendo lo que más disfrutas y creando un negocio con tu talento natural. ¿Te atreves a intentarlo? Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish

©2016 Pablo Antonio León (P)2020 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Eddie Rojas
Length: 1 hr and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Die Scrum Revolution

Die Scrum Revolution

Summary

"Scrum" heißt die revolutionäre Methode, die seit den 90er-Jahren große IT-Projekte zum Fliegen bringt. Und das schneller und kostengünstiger als geplant: Unternehmen, die mit Scrum arbeiten, schaffen die doppelte Arbeit in der Hälfte der Zeit. Gar nicht auszudenken, was geschähe, wenn jede Firma von dieser Methode profitieren könnte! Genau das ist Jeff Sutherlands Mission. Als Scrum-Erfinder zeigt er in seinem neuen Standardwerk ganz normalen Unternehmen, wie sie Scrum-Teams etablieren, ihre Entwicklungsaufgaben vereinfachen und alle ihre Projekte agil, zügig und kostengünstig durchziehen.

©2018 Campus Verlag (P)2018 ABOD Verlag

Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Crushing It!

Crushing It!

1044 ratings

Summary

Four-time New York Times best-selling author Gary Vaynerchuk offers new lessons and inspiration drawn from the experiences of dozens of influencers and entrepreneurs who rejected the predictable corporate path in favor of pursuing their dreams by building thriving businesses and extraordinary personal brands. In his 2009 international best seller Crush It, Gary insisted that a vibrant personal brand was crucial to entrepreneurial success. In Crushing It! Gary explains why that's even more true today, offering his unique perspective on what has changed and what principles remain timeless. He also shares stories from other entrepreneurs who have grown wealthier - and not just financially - than they ever imagined possible by following Crush It principles. The secret to their success (and Gary's) has everything to do with their understanding of the social media platforms and their willingness to do whatever it took to make these tools work to their utmost potential. That's what Crushing It! teaches listeners to do. In this lively, practical, and inspiring audiobook, Gary dissects every current major social media platform so that anyone, from a plumber to a professional ice skater, will know exactly how to amplify his or her personal brand on each. He offers both theoretical and tactical advice on how to become the biggest thing on old standbys like Twitter, Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Pinterest, and Snapchat; podcast platforms like Spotify, Soundcloud, iHeartRadio, and iTunes; and other emerging platforms such as Musical.ly. For those with more experience, Crushing It! illuminates some little-known nuances and provides innovative tips and clever tweaks proven to enhance more common tried-and-true strategies. Crushing It! is a state-of-the-art guide to building your own path to professional and financial success, but it's not about getting rich. It's a blueprint to living life on your own terms.

©2018 Gary Vaynerchuk (P)2018 HarperCollins Publishers

Available on Audible
Cover art for Small Is the New Big

Small Is the New Big

1 rating

Summary

Seth Godin, one of today's most influential business thinkers, writes best-selling books like Purple Cow and All Marketers Are Liars. And in between those annual books, he delivers a daily stream of ideas on one of the world's most popular blogs. Collected here for the first time are eight years of his very best blog posts, magazine columns, and e-books. Small is the New Big offers ideas and stories that can change how you work, what you buy, and how you see the world. It's an entertaining snapshot of Godin's fiercely original brain. Who else would argue that Fluffernutter was a brilliant business model? That we need a service that charges to send e-mail? That you can learn more about design at Hershey Park than at an Apple store, and more about marketing at summer camp than at b-school? All of these riffs add up to a few essential themes: Small is the new big because big has gone from a huge advantage to a liability. Authentic stories spread and last, but lies get exposed faster than ever. The ability to change fast is the single best asset for any person or organization. Aretha was right: Respect is the secret to success. It's easier than ever to become remarkable. There's no excuse for sticking with mediocrity.

©2006 Seth Godin (P)2006 HighBridge Company

Narrator: Seth Godin
Author: Seth Godin
Length: 7 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Making Time

Making Time

19 ratings

Summary

Is it possible to make a living while giving away your work for free Online? Yes. Is it hard? Yes. Is it worth it? Absolutely. After 15 years stuck behind a desk in the software industry, Bob Clagett walked away from a well-paying, stable job to make the things he was interested in and show the world how to make them, too. His company, I Like to Make Stuff, started as a hobby but quickly grew into a passion project. In "Making Time", Bob recounts his history and build-up to becoming a full-time content creator, and shares his process, experiences, and mistakes from his first two years of self-employment. The audiobook covers topics from income streams to emotional exhaustion as well as Bob's thoughts on purpose and responsibility.

©2017 Bob Clagett (P)2018 Bob Clagett

Narrator: Bob Clagett
Author: Bob Clagett
Length: 1 hr and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Une Seconde Chance

Une Seconde Chance

55 ratings

Summary

Il n'est jamais tard de devenir riche !  Aujourd'hui rares sont ceux qui vont contester que, sur de nombreux fronts, nous sommes en crise. Et il y a deux côtés à chaque crise, que ce soit une crise de leadership, une crise économique, une crise de l'éducation ou une crise morale. Les deux côtés à la crise sont le danger et la chance. Le nouveau livre de Robert Kiyosaki, de l'auteur du grand best-seller Père riche Père pauvre, qui s'intitule Une Seconde Chance: Pour Votre Argent, Votre Vie et Notre Monde, utilise les leçons du passé et une évaluation brutale du présent pour préparer les auditeurs à voir et à saisir l'avenir. Si les auditeurs peuvent s'entraîner leurs esprits à voir ce que leurs yeux ne peuvent pas voir , dans un monde qui devient de plus en plus "invisible" et évolue à un rythme accéléré, ils peuvent avoir une deuxième chance de créer la vie qu'ils ont toujours voulue.  Après avoir écouté ce livre audio vous allez avoir la chance d'apprendre : À qui est la faute de la crise économique mondiale ; Pourquoi la classe moyenne devient de plus en plus pauvre ; Comment devenir riche juste en avoir changé votre vocabulaire ; Où se trouve votre voie vers la richesse. Une Seconde Chance est un guide pour comprendre comment le passé façonnera l'avenir et comment vous pouvez utiliser les outils et les idées de l'ère de l'information pour créer un nouveau départ. Ce livre audio est un guide pour affronter de front les dangers des crises qui nous entourent, ainsi que des étapes et des conseils pour saisir les opportunités qu'ils présentent. Lorsque vous achetez ce titre, le fichier PDF qui l'accompagne sera disponible dans votre confirmation d'achat envoyée par mail ainsi que dans votre bibliothèque, depuis votre ordinateur.   >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement.  

©2016 Les Éditions Un Monde Différent (P)2018 AB Publishing / NewInTech LLC

Length: 8 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace

The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace

9 ratings

Summary

Based on the #1 New York Times bestseller The 5 Love Languages® (over 12 million copies sold) Dramatically improve workplace relationships simply by learning your coworkers’ language of appreciation. This audiobook will give you the tools to improve staff morale, create a more positive workplace, and increase employee engagement. How? By teaching you to effectively communicate authentic appreciation and encouragement to employees, co-workers, and leaders. Most relational problems in organizations flow from this question: do people feel appreciated? This audiobook will help you answer “Yes!” A bestseller—having sold over 300,000 copies and translated into 16 languages—this audiobook has proven to be effective and valuable in diverse settings. Its principles about human behavior have helped businesses, non-profits, hospitals, schools, government agencies, and organizations with remote workers. When supervisors and colleagues understand their coworkers’ primary and secondary languages, as well as the specific actions they desire, they can effectively communicate authentic appreciation, thus creating healthy work relationships and raising the level of performance across an entire team or organization. Take your team to the next level by applying The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Gary Chapman and Paul White (P)2019 Oasis Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for The HeART of Laser-Focused Coaching

The HeART of Laser-Focused Coaching

6 ratings

Summary

What would it mean for your coaching if you got right to the heart of the matter - every time? You can. Learn rarely taught tips and concepts that will immediately elevate your coaching while avoiding the common pitfalls. "New and experienced coaches alike will benefit greatly from the detailed strategies and wisdom shared from Marion’s years of experience." (Cheryl Richardson, New York Times best-selling author of Take Time for Your Life) Marion Franklin, the Coach’s Coach, has been training and mentoring coaches for more than 20 years. Every student she has mentored or taught who sought ACC, PCC, or MCC has gotten their credential using the material in this book designed for all levels of coaches. No matter where you are in your coaching journey, this book has something for you.  This book is different because it: Includes brilliant tools for beginner-to-seasoned coaches Offers advanced techniques for developing powerful questions without any lists Provides principles of human behavior that help you quickly identify what’s really going on Contains the 25 themes that underlie every coaching situation and make coaching and questioning much simpler Shares a step-by-step, easy to follow, way to create a shift in perspective Presents 17 strategies that clients unknowingly use that actually work against, not for them Begin using even one or two of the concepts and principles in this book and notice your coaching immediately elevate to a new level. Your clients will notice the difference!  You will experience this innovative approach to masterful coaching with two full laser-coaching sessions with commentary - much like eavesdropping in on the mind of a master coach.  Marion shares unprecedented concepts that will help new coaches and even the most experienced coaches gain new insights and ideas, including a deeper understanding of what they already know. Automatically improve your coaching by applying one rarely known principle. Never feel stuck around what

©2019 Marion Franklin (P)2020 Marion Franklin

Narrator: Marion Franklin
Length: 11 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Man Up

Man Up

104 ratings

Summary

"But I can't...." "There's no way...." "It's impossible...." Enough. Get off your ass make your "someday" goals a priority - today. After years of coaching and consulting hundreds of startup rookies as well as seasoned entrepreneurs, executives, and CEOs, Bedros Keuilian realized that most people who want to start a business, grow an existing business, author a book, make more money, or make a bigger impact usually take the long, slow, painful way to get there...and more than 80 percent of entrepreneurs never get to their desired destination or achieve their full potential in business. They treat their dream as if it were merely a hobby and dip their toes in the water, but they never commit to diving in - you get the idea. It's time to cut the bullshit excuses. Everyone has a gift, a purpose. It's your duty to figure out what your gift is and how you're going to share it with the world. Man Up: How to Cut the Bullshit and Dominate Your Path is your guide to doing exactly that. Keuilian, founder and CEO of Fit Body Boot Camp and known as the "hidden genius" behind many of the most successful brands and businesses throughout multiple industries, will teach you how to break out of the sea of mediocrity, get singularly focused on your purpose, and do what it takes - not only to achieve but dominate your goals. With Keuilian's no-nonsense approach in both business and personal spheres, you'll be able to define your purpose and have clarity of vision - and a plan - to make the quantum leap. Whether it's creating and growing a company, leaving a legacy, making a difference, or launching a new brand, you will discover how to use your passion, purpose, and sheer grit to overcome any adversity that attempts to derail your progress. If there's an area of your life in which you need to man up, this book will get you there.

©2018 Bedros Keuilian (P)2018 BenBella Books, Inc.

Narrator: Bedros Keuilian
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for You Can Farm

You Can Farm

29 ratings

Summary

Have you ever desired, deep within your soul, to make a comfortable full-time living from a farming enterprise? Too often people dare not even vocalize this desire because it seems absurd. It's like thinking the unthinkable.  After all, the farm population is dwindling. It takes too much capital to start. The pay is too low. The working conditions are dusty, smelly and noisy: Not the place to raise a family. This is all true, and more, for most farmers.  But for farm entrepreneurs, the opportunities for a farm family business have never been greater. The aging farm population is creating cavernous niches begging to be filled by creative visionaries who will go in dynamic new directions. As the industrial agriculture complex crumbles and our culture clambers for clean food, the countryside beckons anew with profitable farming opportunities.  While this audiobook can be helpful to all farmers, it targets the wannabes, the folks who actually entertain notions of living, loving and learning on a piece of land. Anyone willing to dance with such a dream should be able to assess its assets and liabilities; its fantasies and realities. "Is it really possible for me?" is the burning question this audiobook addresses. You Can Farm is wonderfully narrated by the author, Joel Salatin, who co-owns (with his family) Polyface Farm in Swoope, Virginia.

©2018 Joel Salatin (P)2020 Echo Point Books & Media, LLC

Narrator: Joel Salatin
Author: Joel Salatin
Length: 14 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Le Quadrant du Cashflow

Le Quadrant du Cashflow

151 ratings

Summary

Le Quadrant du Cashflow, votre guide vers la liberté financière ! Le deuxième livre de l'auteur du best-seller international Père Riche Père Pauvre révèle comment certaines personnes travaillent moins, gagnent plus, paient moins d'impôts et apprennent à être financièrement libres. Le Quadrant du Cashflow est destiné à ceux qui sont prêts à aller au-delà de la sécurité d'emploi et à entrer dans le monde de la liberté financière. Ce livre audio est distiné à ceux qui veulent faire des changements significatifs dans leurs vies et prendre le contrôle de leur avenir financier. Robert T.Kiyosaki croit que la raison pour laquelle la plupart des gens ne font pas face aux problèmes financiers c'est parce qu' à l'école on n'enseigne pas à propos de l'argent. Le père riche de Robert lui a appris que c'est le manque d'éducation financière qui oblige les gens à travailler si dur tout au long de leur vie pour l'argent au lieu de faire travailler l'argent pour eux. Après avoir écouté ce livre audio vous allez : Apprendre à différentier les 4 types de personnes selon le quadrant du Cashflow ; Envisager leurs champs et leurs principes d'activité ; Comprendre à quel type vous appartenez vous-même ; Élaborer votre plan personnel du cheminement vers la liberté financière. Ce livre audio va changer votre façon de percevoir les emplois, les carrières, votre propre entreprise et va vous inspirer à apprendre les règles de l'argent que les riches utilisent pour construire et faire croître leur richesse. Lorsque vous achetez ce titre, le fichier PDF qui l'accompagne sera disponible dans votre confirmation d'achat envoyée par mail ainsi que dans votre bibliothèque, depuis votre ordinateur.   >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement.

©2014 Les Éditions Un Monde Différent (P)2018 AB Publishing, NewInTech LLC

Narrator: Maxime Metzger
Length: 8 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Think in Systems

Think in Systems

Summary

"We cannot solve our problems with the same thinking we used when we created them." (Albert Einstein) Get out of that rut. Find long-term solution to your problems. We have the best of intentions to improve our conditions, but often, our solutions fall short of improving our lives. Our best efforts can result in the opposite of what we want over time. If we apply conventional thinking to complex issues, we often maintain or feed the very problems we want to fix. How to avoid this trap? I will tell you in this audiobook. Think in Systems is a concise information book offering high-level, strategic problem-solving methods for personal and global issues. The book presents the main features of systems thinking in an understandable everyday manner, helping you to develop the skill top analysts and world leaders use. Your life is a system. Everything that is connected to your system (life) is a part of it. Your town, country, the world, the solar system are all bigger systems you are a part of. These systems are interconnected. Whatever you do will affect the system and whatever the system does will affect your life. Systems can have positive and negative effect on your life or on the lives of people, generally.  The greatest problems like hunger, war, and poverty are all failures in the system. Similarly, fights with your loved ones, being stuck in a rut at your job are also system failures. They are not only your fault. But they can’t be fixed with the help of cause-effect thinking.  Systems thinking boosts your critical thinking skills, makes you more logical, enhances your analytical abilities, and makes you more creative. This audiobook will help you to: Learn the main aspects, concepts, and models of systems thinking Design models and systems maps to solve your problems Find solutions to your underlying problems, not just the symptoms Improve your mental health, wealth, and connections Learn to use systems thinking in your business, relationships, friendships, and general political, socioeconomic, and environmental issues.  Widen your understanding about international economic, political, and socioeconomic affairs Manage your business better Shift your focus from the unimportant details and focus on the real issues Stay a learner Map out a strategic action plan to change your circumstances. Become more patient by understanding the world - and your place in it - better  Learn to use systems thinking in your problem-solving, decision-making, and strategic-planning practices today. 

©2019 Zoe McKey (P)2019 Zoe McKey

Narrator: Anna Doyle
Author: Zoe McKey
Length: 2 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for La ganancia es primero [Profit First]

La ganancia es primero [Profit First]

4 ratings

Summary

¡Haz que tu negocio trabaje para ti, obtén ganancias de todos tus ingresos y garantiza la rentabilidad de tu empresa! En su manera franca y entretenida, Mike Michalowicz revela por qué la fórmula tradicional ventas - gastos = ganancia no sólo es contraria a la conducta humana, sino un mito que te encierra en un ciclo interminable de vender más y aprovechar menos. La ganancia es primero adopta un enfoque conductual de la contabilidad y propone la siguiente fórmula: ventas - ganancia = gastos. Al obtener beneficios en primer lugar y emplear sólo lo que queda en los gastos, transformarás al instante tu negocio de un monstruo comedinero a una máquina generadora de efectivo. Usando el sistema de Profit First aprenderás, entre muchas cosas más, que: Con cuatro principios sencillos puedes simplificar la contabilidad y facilitar la gestión de un negocio rentable revisando los saldos de las cuentas bancarias. Un negocio pequeño y rentable puede valer mucho más que un negocio grande que sobrevive al borde de su capacidad. Las empresas que logran una rentabilidad temprana y sostenida tienen una mejor oportunidad para lograr un crecimiento a largo plazo. Con docenas de estudios de casos, consejos prácticos y su característico sentido del humor, Michalowicz ofrece el mapa a seguir para que cualquier empresario gane tanto dinero como siempre soñó. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

©2018 Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial, S.A.U. (P)2018 Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial, S.A.U.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Managing Rental Properties

Managing Rental Properties

Summary

Would you like to start your real estate and property rental business? Would you like to discover winning techniques to better manage it? If you’re choosing to control your business directly, the contracts, maintenance, and late fees can be a bit overwhelming. Don’t let these tasks scare you away from becoming a savvy property manager. In fact, the challenge could be very rewarding. There are several different ways to manage property to fit every landlord's needs. You can be completely hands-on, or you can decide to outsource everything. But you have to know that if a rental property is not managed correctly, it can become a big headache. Whether you’re managing a rental property yourself or hired a property manager to handle things on your behalf, you’ll want to choose a strategy that keeps your rental business running smoothly. Nobody wants the added stress that comes with bad management. To prevent this and learn winning managing techniques, you’ll need to check out: Managing Rental Properties: Rental Property Management 101. Learn How to Own Rental Real Estate, Manage & Start a Rental Property Investing Business. Make Passive Income from Your Investment Today. Things that you’ll learn from this book: What RPM is and terminologies used The types and preparation of properties and property cost analysis Real estate and agent management Advertisement, marketing, internet, and website development Tenant data management Property and finance reports And many more! Start now to discover the best rental property managing techniques to finally create passive income from your investment properties.

©2020 Ramtander Ltd (P)2021 Ramtander Ltd

Narrator: Johne Williamm
Length: 5 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Blitzscaling

Blitzscaling

84 ratings

Summary

Foreword by Bill Gates LinkedIn cofounder, legendary investor, and host of the award-winning Masters of Scale podcast reveals the secret to starting and scaling massively valuable companies. What entrepreneur or founder doesn't aspire to build the next Amazon, Facebook, or Airbnb? Yet those who actually manage to do so are exceedingly rare. So what separates the start-ups that get disrupted and disappear from the ones who grow to become global giants? The secret is blitzscaling: a set of techniques for scaling up at a dizzying pace that blows competitors out of the water.  The objective of blitzscaling is not to go from zero to one but from one to one billion as quickly as possible. When growing at a breakneck pace, getting to next level requires very different strategies from those that got you to where you are today. In a book inspired by their popular class at Stanford Business School, Hoffman and Yeh reveal how to navigate the necessary shifts and weather the unique challenges that arise at each stage of a company's life cycle, such as: how to design business models for igniting and sustaining relentless growth; strategies for hiring and managing; how the role of the founder and company culture must evolve as the business matures, and more. Whether your business has 10 employees or 10,000, Blitzscaling is the essential playbook for winning in a world where speed is the only competitive advantage that matters. 

©2018 Reid Hoffman and Chris Yen (P)2018 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Death by Meeting

Death by Meeting

51 ratings

Summary

Best-selling author Patrick Lencioni's three previous business fables have sold nearly 350,000 copies. His latest takes on the most dreaded company activity...meetings - why we hate them, why we shouldn't, and how to make them great The thought of meetings makes most business people miserable, but they're a critical and unavoidable part of what we do. Through fictional narrative, modeling, and practical solutions, Lencioni shows how to turn meetings from painful and tedious to productive, compelling, and even energizing.  The story follows an executive who finds his job on the line and his future dependent on his ability to dramatically improve his disastrous meetings. An irreverent graduate student comes into the picture with fresh ideas and a new perspective to help the executive turn things around.  This engrossing and concise audiobook will help improve morale, effectiveness, and the bottom line at the office. 

©2004 Patrick Lencioni (P)2004 Audio Renaissance

Narrator: Jack Arthur
Length: 4 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Get Instant Trust, Belief, Influence, and Rapport!

How to Get Instant Trust, Belief, Influence, and Rapport!

19 ratings

Summary

Why can't salesmen sell? And why won't prospects listen? We offer great products to prospects. We say great things to people. We share our vision and passion with others. And they don't buy, they don't believe us, and they don't share our vision and passion. We say great things, but people don't believe us, and they don't trust us. So we don't need more good things to say. Instead, we need to learn how to get people to believe and trust the good things we are saying already. It's not about the presentation. It's not about the price. It's not about the salesman's breath. It is not about the leader's PowerPoint presentation. It is all about the magical first few seconds when we meet people. What happens? In the first few seconds, people make an instant decision to: 1. Trust you. Believe you. or 2. Turn on the salesman alarm. Put on the "too good to be true" filter. Be skeptical. Look for "the catch." This decision is immediate, and unfortunately, usually final. In this book, you will learn easy four and five-word micro phrases and simple, natural techniques that you can master within seconds. Yes, this is easy to do! Your message should be inside of other people's heads, not bouncing off their forehead. Your obligation is to get your message inside of their heads so they will have options and choices in their lives. Now, if you can't get people to trust and believe your message, then you will effectively be withholding your message from them. Use these tested, clear techniques to build that instant rapport with other people and then, everything else is easy. If you are a leader, a salesman, a network marketer, an influencer, a teacher, or someone who needs to communicate quickly and efficiently, this book is for you.

©2013 Fortune Network Publishing (P)2014 Fortune Network Publishing

Narrator: Dan Culhane
Length: 1 hr and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Power of Your Leadership

The Power of Your Leadership

2 ratings

Summary

John C. Maxwell, number one New York Times best-selling author, shows you how to shift from success to significance by leading with passion and purpose in a compact new book derived from his previous title, Intentional Living.  We all want to live a life that matters. But what is true significance? How do we define it, and how do we achieve it? In The Power of Your Leadership, Maxwell demonstrates what can come from combining personal passion and leadership in a way that goes beyond mere success. By finding like-minded people and putting them first, you can make a difference in their lives and create a united effort that leaves a lasting positive impact. Learn how to attract people to your cause, articulate your vision, and add value from your sweet spot. Using his personal story of how he became one of the most recognized leadership experts in the world, John Maxwell shows you how to lead others according to your own purpose and create a lasting legacy. 

©2017 John C. Maxwell (P)2017 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Matthew Kugler
Length: 2 hrs and 54 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Start-Up J Curve

The Start-Up J Curve

9 ratings

Summary

A predictable pattern of success, this book provides a clear roadmap for entrepreneurs that shows them where they are and what to do in order to advance their start-up. After founding or co-founding over 15 start-ups and investing in another 50 early stage ventures as an angel investor, author Howard Love came to understand that a start-up unfolds in a predictable pattern. The more aware entrepreneurs are of this pattern, the better able they will be to capitalize on it. Love calls this pattern the start-up J Curve. The toughest part of the endeavor is the time between the actual start of a new business and when the product and model are firmly established. The Start-Up J Curve gives entrepreneurs the tools they need to get through the early challenges so they can reach the primary value creation that lies beyond. Love brings 35 years of start-up experience to this comprehensive guide to starting a business. He outlines the six predictable stages of start-up growth and details the activities that should be undertaken at each stage to ensure success and to avoid common pitfalls. Instead of feeling lost and confused after a setback, start-up founders and investors can anticipate the challenges, overcome the obstacles, and ride the curve to the top.

©2016 Howard Love (P)2016 Howard Love

Narrator: Chris Abell
Author: Howard Love
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sprint

Sprint

54 ratings

Summary

From three design partners at Google Ventures, a unique five-day process for going from problem to prototype. The companies that Google Ventures invest in face big questions every day: Where's the most important place to focus your effort, and how do you start? What will your ideas look like in real life? How many meetings and discussions does it take before you can be sure you have the right solution to a problem? Business owners and investors want their companies and the people who lead them to be equipped to answer these questions - and quickly. And now there's a surefire way to solve their problems and test solutions: the sprint. While working at Google, designer Jake Knapp created a unique problem-solving method that he coined a "design sprint" - a five-day process to help companies answer crucial questions. His "sprints" were used in the development of everything from Gmail to Google X to Chrome. When he moved to Google Ventures, he joined Braden Kowitz and John Zeratsky, both designers and partners there who have worked on numerous products, including the YouTube redesign. Together Knapp, Zeratsky, and Kowitz have run over 100 sprints with their portfolio companies, inside Google, and in others companies or environments that have sought their help. They've seen firsthand how sprints can overcome challenges in all kinds of companies: health care, fitness, finance, retailers, and more. A practical guide to answering business questions, Sprint is a book for groups of any size, from small start-ups to Fortune 100s, from teachers and PTAs to nonprofits and public institutions. It's for anyone with a big opportunity, problem, or idea who needs to get answers today. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Jake Knapp (P)2016 Simon & Schuster, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Fearless Organization

The Fearless Organization

22 ratings

Summary

The Fearless Organization offers practical guidance for teams and organizations who are serious about success in the modern economy. With so much riding on innovation, creativity, and spark, it is essential to attract and retain quality talent - but what good does this talent do if no one is able to speak their mind? The traditional culture of "fitting in" and "going along" spells doom in the knowledge economy. Success requires a continuous influx of new ideas, new challenges, and critical thought, and the interpersonal climate must not suppress, silence, ridicule, or intimidate.  Not every idea is good, and yes, there are stupid questions, and yes, dissent can slow things down, but talking through these things is an essential part of the creative process. People must be allowed to voice half-finished thoughts, ask questions from left field, and brainstorm out loud; it creates a culture in which a minor flub or momentary lapse is no big deal and where actual mistakes are owned and corrected, and where the next left-field idea could be the next big thing.    This audiobook explores this culture of psychological safety and provides a blueprint for bringing it to life. The road is sometimes bumpy, but succinct and informative scenario-based explanations provide a clear path forward to constant learning and healthy innovation.

©2019 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (P)2019 Gildan Media, LLC

Length: 6 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Power of Consistency

The Power of Consistency

23 ratings

Summary

The Power of Consistency lays out the Personal Prosperity Plan, a simple process to create meaningful results by unleashing the power of focus and your subconscious mind. Taking you step by step through the FEAR process - focus, emotional connection, action, and responsibility - this audiobook will teach you: How to get focused on what you want; How to become deeply emotionally committed to achieving your goals; The value of a Quiet-Time ritual; How to take consistent action toward reaching your goals; How to take responsibility for the decisions that define you when faced with the inevitable challenges in business. You'll find that your life reflects your thoughts and the words you repeat to yourself. Wealth, happiness, and peace of mind are well within your reach. Manifest a Prosperity Mindset, and let that mindset drive you to become exceptional. With The Power of Consistency, the possibilities for your life and your business will become endless.

©2013 Weldon Long (P)2013 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Weldon Long
Author: Weldon Long
Length: 4 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Trailblazer

Trailblazer

32 ratings

Summary

New York Times best seller The founder and co-CEO of Salesforce delivers an inspiring vision for successful companies of the future - in which changing the world is everyone’s business. "The gold standard on how to use business as a platform for change at this urgent time." (Ray Dalio, founder of Bridgewater Associates and author of Principles: Life and Work) What’s the secret to business growth and innovation and a purpose-driven career in a world that is becoming vastly more complicated by the day? According to Marc Benioff, the answer is embracing a culture in which your values permeate everything you do. In Trailblazer, Benioff gives listeners a rare behind-the-scenes look at the inner workings of one of the world’s most admired companies. He reveals how Salesforce’s core values - trust, customer success, innovation, and equality - and commitment to giving back have become the company’s greatest competitive advantage and the most powerful engine of its success. Because no matter what business you’re in, Benioff says, values are the bedrock of a resilient company culture that inspires all employees, at every level, to do the best work of their lives. Along the way, he shares insights and best practices for anyone who wants to cultivate a company culture positioned to thrive in the face of the inevitable disruption ahead. None of us in the business world can afford to sit on the sidelines and ignore what’s going on outside the walls of our workplaces. In the future, profits and progress will no longer be sustainable unless they serve the greater good. Whether you run a company, lead a small team, or have just draped an ID badge around your neck for the first time, Trailblazer reveals how anyone can become an agent of change. Praise for Trailblazer "A guide for what every business and organization must do to thrive in this period of profound political and economic change." (Jamie Dimon, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase) "In Trailblazer, Benioff explores how companies can nurture a values-based culture to become powerful platforms for change." (Susan Wojcicki, CEO of YouTube)

©2019 Marc Benioff and Monica Langley (P)2019 Random House Audio

Narrator: Ray Porter
Length: 8 hrs and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Team of Teams

Team of Teams

74 ratings

Summary

The retired four-star general and best-selling author of My Share of the Task shares a powerful new leadership model Former general Stanley McChrystal held a key position for much of the War on Terror, as head of the Joint Special Operations Command. In Iraq he found that despite the vastly superior resources, manpower, and training of the US military, Al Qaeda had an advantage because of its structure as a loose network of small, independent cells. Those cells wreaked havoc by always staying one step ahead, sharing knowledge with each other via high-tech communications. To defeat such an agile enemy, JSOC had to change its focus from efficiency to adaptability. McChrystal led the transformation of his forces into a network that combined robust centralized communication ("shared consciousness") with decentralized managerial authority ("empowered execution"). Now he shows not only how the military made that transition but also how similar shifts are possible in all kinds of organizations, from large companies to startups to charities to government agencies. In a world of rapid change, the best organizations think and act like a team of teams, embracing small groups that combine the freedom to experiment with a relentless drive to share what they've learned. McChrystal and his colleagues explain their process for helping organizations embrace this model. They also share fascinating research and examples from settings as diverse as emergency rooms and NASA's mission control center. Read by Paul Michael. Introduction and recaps read by General Stanley McChrystal.

©2015 Penguin Audio (P)2015 General Stanley McChrystal, Chris Fussell, Tantum Collins, David Silverman

Available on Audible
Cover art for Executive Coaching with Backbone and Heart

Executive Coaching with Backbone and Heart

1 rating

Summary

Praise for Executive Coaching with Backbone and Heart  "In this book, O'Neill brings form and structure to the art of executive coaching. Novices are provided a path while seasoned practitioners will find affirmation." (Daryl R. Conner, CEO and president, ODR-USA, Inc.)  "Mary Beth O'Neill's executive coaching gave me the tools and clarity to become a far more effective leader and change agent. The bottom line was that we succeeded with a monumental organizational turnaround that had seemed impossible to accomplish." (Eric Stevens, former CEO, Courage Center)  "O'Neill writes in a way that allows you to see this experienced coach in action. What a wonderful way to learn!" (Geoff Bellman, consultant and author, The Consultant's Calling) "Mary Beth brings a keen business focus to coaching by not just contributing insights but through helping me and my team gain the insights that we need to solve our own problems. She has the ability to see through the sometimes chaotic dialogue and personalities in order to help a team focus on the real issues and dynamics that can impede organizations from achieving their goals." (John C. Nicol, general manager, MSN Media Network)  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2007 John Wiley & Sons, Inc (P)2012 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Vanessa Hart
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Launch a Brand

How to Launch a Brand

2 ratings

Summary

This audiobook will guide you through the steps necessary to build a brand from the ground up: Step One (Chapter One): Create a brand platform Step Two (Chapter Two): Devise a brand name Step Three (Chapter Three): Design your brand's identity Step Four (Chapter Four): Craft your brand atmosphere touch points Most entrepreneurs, even seasoned brand managers, launch first and then work on slowly transforming the new offering into a brand. A logical progression, I would agree. After all, how can you possibly launch as a brand if you don't have any customers or marketing outreach and - obviously, since you just launched a new offering - you have no legacy or advocates? The simple answer is by design. Design relates to the systematic process you have to adhere to, which is likely the primary reason you have sought to listen to this book. In addition though, design truly holds the key to the success of your new brand. It will set your offering apart to look, feel, and sound like a brand at the time of launch, as opposed to something that might or might not have the power to eventually turn into a brand. This audiobook will teach you how to launch your brand by design. I share expert insights based on two decades of professional experience transforming new product and service ventures from ideation phases to tangible brand realities. Each of the key phases of preparing for a brand launch are broken down into practical guidelines designed to help you make the right branding decisions along the way.

©2016 Fabian Geyrhalter (P)2016 Fabian Geyrhalter

Narrator: Chris Brinkley
Length: 2 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Rework

Rework

118 ratings

Summary

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

©2010 Jason Fried (P)2010 Random House

Available on Audible
Cover art for Leading with Strategic Thinking

Leading with Strategic Thinking

Summary

Be a more effective leader with strategic thinking. Leading with Strategic Thinking reveals what effective leaders do differently. Eschewing the one-size-fits-all leadership model, this helpful guide outlines four general leadership types and demonstrates how each type achieves success - whether through personal vision, structured process, collaboration, or empowering others. The authors identify the actions and skills that distinguish strategic leadership, drawn from interviews and focus groups with over 300 leaders from around the world. Examples and case studies illustrate these concepts in action, and the provided reference materials steer listeners toward more advanced information on this important topic. The disruptive forces of technology and globalization raise new challenges for leaders. This book is a manual that will help executives and aspiring leaders harness these forces and address the two central questions of strategic leadership: How do the best leaders develop their strategy? How do effective leaders drive strategic change? Becoming a strategic leader isn't about mimicking an icon. The most effective leaders seize opportunity in a way that consciously integrates environmental requirements, stakeholder expectations, and personal ability. Leading with Strategic Thinking shows what these leaders do and gives anyone the tools to be a more strategic leader.

©2015 Aaron K. Olson and B. Keith Simerson; Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Having It All

Having It All

12 ratings

Summary

No matter what you want in your life, Having It All will take you from where you are to where you want to be. Entrepreneur John Assaraf started with nothing and went on to create a multimillion dollar empire and achieve the life of his dreams, earning himself the nickname "The Street Kid". Now, he shares the best of what he's learned so you, too, can create the life of your dreams. Having It All contains practical exercises and powerful lessons to help you achieve greater happiness and long lasting success. You will learn how to: Develop and utilize the seven power factors all highly successful people use Apply the most advanced techniques that world-class athletes and entrepreneurs use to eliminate mental obstacles Pinpoint and design the exact life you truly want: then live it! Use the power of your subconscious mind to develop empowering success habits Tap into the power of nature's seven lawsPLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2003 John Assaraf (P)2007 Simon and Schuster Inc.

Narrator: John Assaraf
Author: John Assaraf
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Doing Agile Right

Doing Agile Right

2 ratings

Summary

For decades business leaders have been painfully aware of the huge chasm between their aspiration for a nimble, flexible enterprise and the reality of silos, sluggishness, and frustrated innovation. Today, agile is being hailed as the essential bridge across that chasm. Agile, say its enthusiasts, can transform your company, catapulting you to the head of the pack. Not so fast. In this clear-eyed and indispensable audiobook, Sarah Elk and Steve Berez provide a much-needed reality check. They dispel the myths and misconceptions that have accompanied agile's growth - the idea that it can reshape your organization all at once, for instance, or that it should be used in every function and for all types of work. They affirm and illustrate that agile teams can indeed transform the work environment, make people's jobs more rewarding, and turbocharge innovation - but only if the method is fully understood and implemented the right way. Agile, done well, frees and facilitates vigorous innovation without sacrificing the efficiency and reliability essential to traditional operations. The authors break down how agile really works, show what not to do, and explain the crucial importance of scaling agile properly in order to get its full benefit. They then lay out a road map for leading the transition to a truly agile enterprise.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 Bain and Company, Inc. (P)2020 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Summary of High Output Management by Andrew S. Grove | Includes Analysis

Summary of High Output Management by Andrew S. Grove | Includes Analysis

10 ratings

Summary

Summary of High Output Management by Andrew S. Grove| Includes Analysis Preview: First published in 1983, High Output Management by Andrew Grove is a management guide based on Grove's 15 years of managerial experience and knowledge as a cofounder, president, and chief executive of Intel. As Grove emphasizes in a new introduction to the book, globalization and the information revolution have dramatically changed the workforce, making people ever more replaceable and the market ever more competitive. Companies must adapt to these changes or face their own irrelevance and extinction. The same holds true for workers and managers. Managers, especially middle managers, are often overlooked in business books and forgotten in organizations, yet they are immensely important not only to businesses but to society more broadly. In order to survive and to thrive in their careers, managers must constantly enhance their value by learning and adapting to a changing, often unpredictable business environment.... Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book, and not the original book. Inside this Instaread Summary of High Output Management: Overview of the book Important people Key takeaways Analysis of key takeaways About the Author With Instaread, you can get the key takeaways, summary, and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read every chapter, identify the key takeaways, and analyze them for your convenience.

©2016 Instaread (P)2016 Instaread

Narrator: Michael Pauley
Author: Instaread
Length: 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Never Eat Alone, Expanded and Updated

Never Eat Alone, Expanded and Updated

48 ratings

Summary

Do you want to get ahead in life? Climb the ladder to personal success? The secret, master networker Keith Ferrazzi claims, is in reaching out to other people. As Ferrazzi discovered in early life, what distinguishes highly successful people from everyone else is the way they use the power of relationships - so that everyone wins. In Never Eat Alone, Ferrazzi lays out the specific steps - and inner mindset - he uses to reach out to connect with the thousands of colleagues, friends, and associates on his contacts list, people he has helped and who have helped him. And in the time since Never Eat Alone was published in 2005, the rise of social media and new, collaborative management styles have only made Ferrazzi’s advice more essential for anyone hoping to get ahead in business.

©2014 John Ferrazzi (P)2014 Recorded Books

Narrator: Richard Harries
Length: 13 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Starting a Business QuickStart Guide

Starting a Business QuickStart Guide

12 ratings

Summary

The ultimate beginner's guide to starting a business! Have you ever dreamt of starting your own business and living life on your terms? This audiobook shows you exactly what you need to know to stand out from the crowd! Do you have an idea for an amazing product or service but you aren’t sure how to build a business around it? Then, you need this audiobook. Buy now and start listening today! Are you a current business owner who struggles to identify your customers and deliver true world-class value? Everything you need to know is included in this audiobook! Do you want to build your hobby business into a fully-fledged venture that will help you build the life you deserve? Then, you need this audiobook. Buy now and start listening today! This is the most comprehensive guide ever developed for starting and growing a business in 2020 and beyond! In the highly competitive world of business, what makes or breaks a new entrepreneur? Sourced from over 20 years of firsthand experience working with entrepreneurs, new ventures, and high-growth startups, author Ken Colwell, PhD, MBA, has the answers. In his comprehensive Starting a Business QuickStart Guide, Ken Colwell concisely presents the core fundamentals that all new entrepreneurs need to know to get started, find success, and live the life of their dreams. Business and entrepreneurship students, small business owners, managers, and soon-to-be entrepreneurs will all find a wealth of value within Starting a Business QuickStart Guide. From the very first steps conceptualizing your venture to winning your first customers, delivering value, and turning a profit, this audiobook acts as an invaluable blueprint for your path to entrepreneurial success.  Colwell’s clear voice, extensive experience, and easy-to-understand presentation come together to make this audiobook a must-have resource in the library of every budding entrepreneur! Perfect for: Would-be entrepreneurs with a ton of passion Entrepreneurial students of all ages Beginners with zero prior experience Managers, business owners, and decision-makers growing into a new role You'll discover: The difference between an idea and an opportunity What makes an entrepreneurial opportunity great The very first steps you need to take to get your venture off the ground Pricing, competition, customer identification, marketing, and distribution demystified The real components of an entrepreneurial mind-set Exactly how to craft your value proposition How to write a comprehensive business plan  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 ClydeBank Media LLC (P)2019 ClydeBank Media LLC

Length: 7 hrs and 29 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Small Business Idea for Beginners

Small Business Idea for Beginners

Summary

For two decades, the international internet has continued to establish itself as a viable tool for constructing, managing, and creating a corporation. Little doubt remains that you might earn money on the internet and discover success by doing this. In fact, since starting our very own online jobs, we've had the possibility of working and meeting with several unique individual entrepreneurs who, like you, talk about a fantasy of finding economic freedom by running their businesses. Since you may have guessed, a few found success online. The worldwide web provides not merely a valid source for beginning your own company, which delivers a reliable supply of income to loved ones, but a virtually infinite supply of ideas and opportunities to market and develop your company. It may even supply you with all the flexibility to operate at home, freedom to function part-time, or the capacity to create an additional source of income that would make your life more gratifying. Now we would love to discuss all the wisdom and resources we picked up along the way and offer you a couple of shortcuts to help enhance your internet tasks. Starting a web company and becoming financially individual is presently a realistic proposal for anyone that has a computer and net access. Of the many unique methods to start doing so, some might offer a great return for the attempts, but sadly, several internet companies don't triumph, and people working them fail to create enough to make it worthwhile.

©2020 Jaqueline Conson (P)2020 Jaqueline Conson

Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Behind the Cloud

Behind the Cloud

4 ratings

Summary

How did salesforce.com grow from a start-up in a rented apartment into the world's fastest growing software company in less than a decade? Marc Benioff, the visionary founder, chairman, and CEO of salesforce.com, tells how he and his team created and used new business, technology, and philanthropic models tailored to this time of extraordinary change.  Showing how salesforce.com not only survived the dotcom implosion of 2001, but went on to define itself as the leader of the cloud computing revolution and spark a $46 billion dollar industry, Benioff's story will help business leaders and entrepreneurs stand out, innovate better, and grow faster in any economic climate. In Behind the Cloud, Benioff shares the strategies that have inspired employees, turned customers into evangelists, leveraged an ecosystem of partners, and allowed innovation to flourish.

©2009 Mark Benioff (P)2009 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Ax Norman
Length: 7 hrs and 54 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How a 17-Year-Old Can Do House Flipping Without Losing Money

How a 17-Year-Old Can Do House Flipping Without Losing Money

Summary

This teenager made 12 million pounds from real estate by the age of 19. Here’s how. Have you ever heard of Akshay Ruparelia? The 19-year-old from Barnet, UK, sold his first property before the age of 18, and by 19, he’d become the owner of a company that generated 12 million pounds in revenue in one year. Yes, a teenager did that, and so can you! The key is to find the real estate investment strategy that yields the highest returns. House flipping contributes to faster returns on investment and is a much lower risk than striving for an alternative like rental income, for example. In order to keep your house flip from becoming a flop, however, you need a proven methodology and a step-by-step masterplan for launching a successful business in your teenage years. So, what’s the secret to successful house flipping that even a teenager can master? It’s very simple: You need to understand where maximum profit and minimum risk hide. In How a 17-Year-Old Can Do House Flipping Without Losing Money, you will discover: What it takes to generate a profit of more than $60,000 per property (and that’s just the average for the US)  The six bulletproof steps to follow when flipping a property for the first time How to become a successful flipper with $10,000 or less as initial capital How to sharpen your hunches and know for sure where the best flipping properties are located Renovation tips to spruce up the house without throwing money out the window And much more! It’s never too early to start thinking about your financial future. Setting up a successful business in your teen years and enjoying consistent stability from that point forward isn’t as farfetched as you may think. Flipping houses for profit is growing in popularity. Become a confident teen entrepreneur and earn thousands. Every big dream starts with a single step - to make the right one, then listen this audiobook now! PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Lou Vachon (P)2020 Lou Vachon

Narrator: Chris Reilly
Author: Lou Vachon
Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Coaching for Performance, 5th Edition

Coaching for Performance, 5th Edition

12 ratings

Summary

Coaching for Performance is the definitive book for coaches, leaders, talent managers, and professionals around the world. An international best-seller, featuring the influential GROW model, this book explains why enabling people to bring the best out of themselves is the key to driving productivity, growth, and engagement. A meaningful coaching culture has the potential to transform the relationship between organizations and employees and to put both on the path to long-term success. Written by Sir John Whitmore, the pioneer of coaching, and Performance Consultants, the global market leaders in performance coaching, this extensively revised and extended edition will revolutionize the traditional approach to organizational culture. Brand-new practical exercises, corporate examples, and coaching dialogues strengthen the learning process, whilst a critical new chapter demonstrates how to measure the benefits of coaching as a return on investment, ensuring this landmark new edition will remain at the forefront of professional coaching and leadership development.

©1992, 1996, 2002, 2009, 2017 The Estate of Sir John Whitmore and Performance Consultants International (P)2019 Gildan Media, LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Radical Uncertainty

Radical Uncertainty

4 ratings

Summary

In a changing world, forecasts and numbers usually represent bogus quantification. Kay and King tell us how to think smarter. Radical uncertainty changes the way we should think about decision-making. For over half a century economics has assumed that people behave rationally by optimizing among well-defined choices. Behavioral economics questioned how far people are rational, pointing to the cognitive biases that seem to describe actual behavior.  Radical Uncertainty is a bold, paradigm-shifting book that takes us past standard and behavioral economics, completely shifting our understanding of the role economics can play in decision-making. We can never have the information required to optimize. But the failure to come to terms with this reality has led us to build our largest financial organizations, develop major policy decisions, and create business structures on shifting sands - the false belief that the numbers provided by economic models give us the answer. They don't. The best managers in the public and private sectors rely on narratives, not numbers.

©2020 John Kay; Mervyn King (P)2019 Hachette Audio UK

Narrator: Roger Davis
Length: 15 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bold

Bold

58 ratings

Summary

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

©2015 PHD Ventures (P)2015 Simon and Schuster

Available on Audible
Cover art for Make Life Beautiful

Make Life Beautiful

26 ratings

Summary

Now a New York Times best seller, Make Life Beautiful is the new autobiography from Syd and Shea McGee, the stars of the Netflix hit series Dream Home Makeover. This book offers the fans of Syd and Shea McGee a new and intimate look into how they built their business.  For the one million-plus followers who turn to Syd and Shea McGee for advice on building a beautiful home and life, Make Life Beautiful is a behind-the-scenes look into how the couple transformed Shea’s small room of fabric samples and big dream of becoming a designer into one of the most successful and fastest-growing interior design businesses in the country. Both longtime and new fans will not only gain insight into how the McGees built such a successful company, but also be inspired to apply design principles to their lives.  Inspirational topics to help listeners build an authentic life include: Renovate your life. Visualize the outcome. Listen to your gut. Elevate the everyday. Want to live the best version of your life? Listen to this audiobook to follow Syd and Shea’s lead and learn how to make life beautiful. This is an essential book for: Entrepreneurs Interior designers Working parents Couples building a family and career Self-starters And anyone chasing their dreams Praise for Make Life Beautiful: "Make Life Beautiful is a necessary reminder there is inherent beauty and warmth in all moments. Shea and Syd invite us into endearing conversations filled with wit, humor, creativity and an honesty shining light on the couples beautiful focal points." (Alyssa Rosenheck, interiors and architectural photographer, stylist, and author of the New Southern Style) “In a world of picture perfect, Syd & Shea are a much needed breath of fresh air. It takes courage to admit that things aren’t always perfect. I applaud them for authentically sharing their story with the world.” (Mikel Welch, interior designer, lifestyle expert, and TV show host) "Make Life Beautiful is raw, honest and motivating. A captivating read as Shea & Syd navigate us through the early days of their relationship, family and growing business. A form of a modern day romance success story. I enjoyed reading about their compelling journey that shaped their design empire we know as Studio McGee. Truly inspiring in every way.” (Monika Hibbs, founder and creative director of Monika Hibbs and author of Gather at Home) "There’s nothing more beautiful than taking a leap and devoting your life and your heart and your work to helping other people enjoy beauty in their own homes. We’ve all come to know and love and yearn for the Studio McGee look but hearing the humble 'how's' behind the empire is even more moving and motivating. This isn’t about just making your home beautiful - this is about making your life beautiful. Shea and Syd are talented (obviously) but they’re also dreamers and supporters and risk-takers and pioneers and somehow, still completely down-to-earth. My heart is warm and I’m now taking notes on more than just mixing patterns.” (Julia Marcum, cofounder of Chris Loves Julia, Good Influnce_r, and Proper Tee)

©2020 Syd and Shea McGee (P)2020 Harper Horizon

Length: 4 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Raise the Bar

Raise the Bar

3 ratings

Summary

If there’s anyone who can prevent a bar or restaurant from going belly-up, it’s Jon Taffer. Widely considered the greatest authority in the food and beverage, hotel, and hospitality industries, he runs the biggest trade show in the business and has turned around nearly 1,000 bars and at least that many restaurants. As host and executive producer of Spike TV’s Bar Rescue, a documentary-style series, Taffer gives struggling bars one last chance to succeed with a mixture of business acumen and tough love. Now he’s offering his no-nonsense strategy for eliciting just the right emotional reactions in customers to everyone. Raise the Bar distills the secrets to running a successful enterprise with Reaction Management, a strategy and philosophy Taffer developed and uses in his business and on Bar Rescue. It works whether you’re running a storefront operation or a web-based company, whether you’re manufacturing widgets or providing a service. Taffer’s overarching philosophy is this: All business is about creating the right reactions in your customers. Even better: You can control those reactions to a very large degree. Raise the Bar is the definitive manual on transforming a bar or restaurant with actionable, proven strategies for immediate impact.

©2013 Jon Taffer (P)2013 Brilliance Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Luke Daniels
Author: Jon Taffer
Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Soul of Money

The Soul of Money

38 ratings

Summary

This unique and fundamentally liberating book shows us that examining our attitudes toward money - earning it, spending it, and giving it away - can offer surprising insight into our lives, our values, and the essence of prosperity. Lynne Twist, a global activist and fundraiser, has raised more than $150 million for charitable causes. Through personal stories and practical advice, she demonstrates how we can replace feelings of scarcity, guilt, and burden with experiences of sufficiency, freedom, and purpose. In this Nautilus Award-winning book, Twist shares from her own life, a journey illuminated by remarkable encounters with the richest and poorest, from the famous (Mother Teresa and the Dalai Lama) to the anonymous but unforgettable heroes of everyday life.

©2003 Lynne Twist (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Cynthia Barrett
Author: Lynne Twist
Length: 9 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The New Economics, Third Edition

The New Economics, Third Edition

8 ratings

Summary

In this book, W. Edwards Deming details the system of transformation that underlies the "14 Points for Management" presented in Out of the Crisis. The "Deming System of Profound Knowledge", as it is called, consists of four parts: appreciation for a system, knowledge about variation, theory of knowledge, and psychology. Describing the prevailing management style as a prison, Deming reveals how applying the System of Profound Knowledge increases productivity, quality, and people's joy in work and joy in learning. Another outcome is short-term and long-term success in the market. Indicative of Deming's philosophy is his advice to abolish performance reviews on the job, to look deeper than spreadsheets for opportunities, and even to rethink how we teach and manage our schools. Moreover, Deming's method enables organizations to make accurate predictions, which is a valuable tool in today's uncertain economic climate. This third edition features a new chapter (contributed by business consultant and Deming expert Kelly L. Allan) that explains the relevance of Deming's management method, case studies from organizations that have adopted Deming's System of Profound Knowledge, and offers guidance on how organizations can effectively "do Deming". PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 W. Edwards Deming (P)2018 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: David Stifel
Length: 8 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Startup Way

The Startup Way

18 ratings

Summary

Entrepreneur and best-selling author of The Lean Startup, Eric Ries reveals how entrepreneurial principles can be used by businesses of all kinds, ranging from established companies to early-stage startups, to grow revenues, drive innovation, and transform themselves into truly modern organizations, poised to take advantage of the enormous opportunities of the 21st century. In The Lean Startup, Eric Ries laid out the practices of successful startups - building a minimal viable product, customer-focused and scientific testing based on a build-measure-learn method of continuous innovation, and deciding whether to persevere or pivot. In The Startup Way, he turns his attention to an entirely new group of organizations: established enterprises like iconic multinationals GE and Toyota, tech titans like Amazon and Facebook, and the next generation of Silicon Valley upstarts like Airbnb and Twilio. Drawing on his experiences over the past five years working with these organizations as well as nonprofits, NGOs, and governments, Ries lays out a system of entrepreneurial management that leads organizations of all sizes and from every industry to sustainable growth and long-term impact. Filled with in-the-field stories, insights, and tools, The Startup Way is an essential road map for any organization navigating the uncertain waters of the century ahead. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Eric Ries (P)2017 Random House Audio

Narrator: Eric Ries
Author: Eric Ries
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Growth Hacker Marketing

Growth Hacker Marketing

33 ratings

Summary

A new generation of megabrands like Facebook, Dropbox, Airbnb, and Twitter haven't spent a dime on traditional marketing. No press releases, no TV commercials, no billboards. Instead, they rely on a new strategy - growth hacking - to reach many more people despite modest marketing budgets. Growth hackers have thrown out the old playbook and replaced it with tools that are testable, trackable, and scalable. They believe that products and businesses should be modified repeatedly until they're primed to generate explosive reactions. Best-selling author Ryan Holiday, the acclaimed marketing guru for American Apparel and many bestselling authors and multiplatinum musicians, explains the new rules and provides valuable examples and case studies for aspiring growth hackers. Whether you work for a tiny start-up or a Fortune 500 giant, if you're responsible for building awareness and buzz for a product or service, this is your road map.

©2014 Ryan Holiday (P)2014 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Ryan Holiday
Author: Ryan Holiday
Length: 2 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Accelerate

Accelerate

3 ratings

Summary

Based on the award-winning article in Harvard Business Review, from global leadership expert John Kotter. It's a familiar scene in organizations today: a new competitive threat or a big opportunity emerges. You quickly create a strategic initiative in response and appoint your best people to make change happen. And it does - but not fast enough. Or effectively enough. Real value gets lost and, ultimately, things drift back to the default status. Why is this scenario so frequently repeated in industries and organizations across the world? In the groundbreaking new book Accelerate (XLR8), leadership, change-management expert, and best-selling author John Kotter provides a fascinating answer - and a powerful new framework for competing and winning in a world of constant turbulence and disruption. Kotter explains how traditional organizational hierarchies evolved to meet the daily demands of running an enterprise. For most companies, the hierarchy is the singular operating system at the heart of the firm. But the reality is, this system simply is not built for an environment where change has become the norm. Kotter advocates a new system - a second, more agile, network-like structure that operates in concert with the hierarchy to create what he calls a "dual operating system" - one that allows companies to capitalize on rapid-fire strategic challenges and still make their numbers. Accelerate (XLR8) vividly illustrates the five core principles underlying the new network system, the eight accelerators that drive it, and how leaders must create urgency in others through role modeling. And perhaps most crucial, the book reveals how the best companies focus and align their people's energy and urgency around what Kotter calls the big opportunity. If you're a pioneer, a leader who knows that bold change is necessary to survive and thrive in an ever-changing world, this book will help you accelerate into a better, more profitable future.

©2014 John P. Kotter (P)2017 Recorded Books

Narrator: Chris Sorenson
Length: 4 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Lean Thinking

Lean Thinking

11 ratings

Summary

Expanded, updated, and more relevant than ever, this bestselling business classic by two internationally renowned management analysts shows how companies of any size in any industry can seize opportunities in the post-bubble economy. Instead of constantly reinventing business models, lean thinkers go back to basics by asking what the customer really perceives as value. The next step is to line up value-creating activities for a specific product along a value stream while eliminating activities (usually the majority) that don't add value. Then the lean thinker creates a flow condition in which the design and the product advance smoothly and rapidly at the pull of the customer (rather than the push of the producer). Finally, as flow and pull are implemented, the lean thinker speeds up the cycle of improvement in pursuit of perfection. The first part of this book describes each of these concepts and makes them come alive with striking examples. Lean Thinking clearly demonstrates that these simple ideas can breathe new life into any company in any industry in any country. But most managers need guidance on how to make the lean leap in their firm. Part II provides a step-by-step action plan, based on in-depth studies of more than fifty lean companies in a wide range of industries across the world. Even those readers who believe they have embraced lean thinking will discover in Part III that another dramatic leap is possible by creating an extended lean enterprise for each of their product families that tightly links value-creating activities from raw materials to customer. In Part IV, an epilogue to the original edition, the story of lean thinking is brought up-to-date with an enhanced action plan based on the experiences of a range of lean firms since the original publication of the book.

©1996, 2003 James Womack and Daniel Jones (P)2003 Simon & Schuster Inc. All Rights Reserved. AUDIOWORKS is an imprint of Simon & Schuster Audio Division, Simon & Schuster Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Declare War on Yourself

Declare War on Yourself

8 ratings

Summary

This one-of-a-kind book teaches you how to become more mature, responsible, focused, driven, and motivated so you can fix your problems and make your life 10x easier. Not having your act together as much as possible makes your life harder and creates one painful problem after another. Getting it together requires pulling your head out of your ass and doing what's necessary to make sure you never move backwards again. It's the most important thing you need to do RIGHT NOW to fix your problems, overcome challenges, create opportunity, and change your "luck" and results. This best-selling book teaches you the psychology, emotions, thoughts, behavior, actions, habits, and steps of getting your act and life together and keeping it that way.  A 100 percent must-have if you want to quickly, dramatically, and permanently improve your life: Make life easier, simpler, and less stressful Quit sabotaging your self, life, relationships, and opportunities Stop being immature, irresponsible, selfish, and out-of-control and become successful, wise, mature, trustworthy, and dependable Multiply business, financial, personal, and dating opportunities    A fraction of what you're about to learn: What's actually holding you back, killing potential, and keeping you from having your act together What "having your act together" actually means, why it's important, and why society's definition is making you fail Societal constructs giving you a false sense of having your act together Nineteen clear signs that you don't have your act together The real reasons you're lazy, giving up, and not pushing yourself and which habits are making you unhappy, unproductive, and unsuccessful How to eliminate "chaos" and distractions from your mind, daily routine, and life This one mindset makes you mentally tougher, creates change, sets you apart, and helps you reach goals faster and easier How to identify and eliminate time-wasting thoughts, feelings, activities, people, and things Eleven mindsets to make self-control and self-discipline easier Six mindsets the world's happiest and most successful people use to remain calm and keep it together What to do when everything's out-of-control and you want to give up The most important parts of your home to keep clean and organized How to make your job and boring tasks easier How to become more focused, productive, and get things done What "broke" and "rich" actually mean and why it's important One mindset that helps you make more money Money's real purpose and what to do RIGHT NOW if you're having money problems How to get bills and expenses under control ASAP The time you should be get up every day and why it matters And much more

©2017 Marc Summers (P)2017 Marc Summers

Narrator: Marc Summers
Author: Marc Summers
Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Startup Boards

Startup Boards

3 ratings

Summary

An essential guide to understanding the dynamics of a startup's board of directors Let's face it, as founders and entrepreneurs, you have a lot on your plate - getting to your minimum viable product, developing customer interaction, hiring team members, and managing the accounts/books. Sooner or later, you have a board of directors, three to five (or even seven) Type A personalities who seek your attention and at times will tell you what to do. While you might be hesitant to form a board, establishing an objective outside group is essential for startups, especially to keep you on track, call you out when you flail, and in some cases, save you from yourself. In Startup Boards, Brad Feld - a Boulder, Colorado-based entrepreneur turned-venture capitalist - shares his experience in this area by talking about the importance of having the right board members on your team and how to manage them well. Along the way, he shares valuable insights on various aspects of the board, including how they can support you, help you understand your startup's milestones and get to them faster, and hold you accountable. Details the process of choosing board members, including interviewing many people, checking references, and remembering that there should be no fear in rejecting a wrong fit Explores the importance of running great meetings, mixing social time with business time, and much more Recommends being a board member yourself at some other organization so you see the other side of the equation Engaging and informative, Startup Boards is a practical guide to one of the most important pieces of the startup puzzle.

©2014 Brad Feld and Mahendra Ramsinghani (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for HBRs 10 Must Reads 2020

HBRs 10 Must Reads 2020

2 ratings

Summary

A year's worth of management wisdom, all in one place. We've reviewed the ideas, insights, and best practices from the past year of Harvard Business Review to keep you up-to-date on the most cutting-edge, influential thinking driving business today. With authors from Michael E. Porter to Katrina Lake and company examples from Alibaba to 3M, this volume brings the most current and important management conversations right to your fingertips. This audiobook will inspire you to: Ask better questions to boost your learning, persuade others, and negotiate more effectively Create workplace conditions where gender equity can thrive Boost results by allowing humans and AI to enhance one another's strengths Make better connections with your customers by giving them a glimpse inside your company Scale your agile processes from a few teams to hundreds Build a commitment to both economic and social values in your organization And prepare your company for a rapidly aging workforce and society PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Harvard Business Publishing Corporation (P)2019 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Passive Income for Beginners

Passive Income for Beginners

Summary

Do you want to discover how to make more money and boost your financial?  Looking to learn how to make money using the internet, but you’re not sure where to start?  Then keep reading... In this guide, you’ll discover a variety of ways to generate passive income and make money on the side. Whether you’re looking for a bit of extra cash or a powerful revenue stream, Passive Income for Beginners contains everything you need to get started for 2020. Inside, you’ll discover: What is Passive Income How to Make Money Dropshipping The Power of Affiliate Marketing Leveraging Social Media to Make You Sales How to Succeed With Trading Online Making Cash Selling eBooks And More! From knowing how to use social media to making money online, this book is your ticket to making passive income and boosting your financial freedom, even if you have no prior experience! There are countless ways of making extra money, and in today’s age it’s never been easier. So what are you waiting for? Buy now to learn how to generate passive income today! "

©2020 Matthew Foster (P)2020 Matthew Foster

Narrator: Lee Jagow
Length: 5 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Flip Flop CEO

The Flip Flop CEO

1 rating

Summary

The Flip Flop CEOs will take everything you have learned about the business of network marketing and flip it right side up. By the time they are done with you, you will have a serious case of whiplash, a fresh perspective on this industry, and a brand new outlook on yourself. Do not let your ego or misconceptions get in the way of listening to this audiobook. The quality of your life depends on it.

©2011 The Flip Flop CEO (P)2014 The Flip Flop CEO

Available on Audible
Cover art for Facilitating with Ease!

Facilitating with Ease!

Summary

Facilitating with Ease! has become the go-to handbook for those who lead meetings, training, and other business gatherings. Packed with information, effective practices, and invaluable advice, this book is the comprehensive handbook for anyone who believes meetings should be productive, relevant, and as short as possible. Dozens of exercises, surveys, and checklists will help transform anyone into a skilled facilitator, and clear, actionable guidance makes implementation a breeze. This new fourth edition includes a new chapter on questioning, plus new material surrounding diversity, globalization, technology, feedback, distance teams, difficult executives, diverse locations, personal growth, meeting management, and much more. With in-depth, expert guidance from planning to closing, this book provides facilitators with an invaluable resource for learning or training.   Before you run another meeting, discover the practices, processes, and techniques that turn you from a referee to an effective facilitator. This book provides a wealth of tools and insights that you can put into action today. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 Ingrid Bens (P)2019 Tantor

Narrator: Kim Niemi
Author: Ingrid Bens
Length: 6 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Bluefishing

Bluefishing

72 ratings

Summary

The man who created Bluefish, the internationally famous company that makes once-in-a-lifetime events happen for the rich and famous, reveals to the rest of us his trade secrets for making things happen. Steve Sims' day job is to make the impossible possible. With his help and expertise, his clients' fantasies and wildest dreams come true. Getting married by the Pope in the Vatican, being serenaded by Elton John, and connecting with powerful business moguls like Elon Musk are just a few of the many projects he has worked on. He rarely reveals how he accomplishes the feats that make his clients so happy. But now for the first time, Steve shares his practical tips, techniques, and strategies to help listeners break down any obstacle and turn their dreams into reality. The core of his philosophy focuses on simple yet effective ways to sharpen the mind and gain practical skills that can help you learn a new perspective and accomplish anything. Whether it's climbing Mount Everest, launching a business, or applying for a dream job, you can make incredible things happen for yourself by applying his insightful advice, such as: ask why three times, never be the first call, and don't be easy to understand, be impossible to misunderstand. With colorful and enlightening stories of people driven to achieve the impossible, this book will inspire you to transform your life and aim for the unthinkable.

©2017 Blackstone Audio, Inc. (P)2017 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Steve Sims
Author: Steve Sims
Length: 3 hrs and 53 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Disrupted

Disrupted

Summary

A guidebook for the COVID Economy Disrupted: Strategy for Exponential Change details a practical approach for being disruption ready, the fundamentals of a 21st Century strategic framework - Strategy in Action (SiA), and examples of organizations leveraging disruption. Disrupted is the distillation of the wisdom of Resilient Futures' 25-plus years of researching and applying SiA in the USA and Australia. Written in 2015. Now more relevant than ever for the COVID Economy. Referred to as "a guidebook for the COVID Economy", it delivers on three essential ingredients critical for any leader looking to leverage the business and economic impact of COVID-19. These are: Stimulating a new mindset in sync with business in a COVID Economy A robust tool-set to apply strategy - in action The immediate pursuit of opportunity and mitigation of risk SiA is a framework also designed to support teams and leaders to leverage rather than fall prey to exponential, disruptive change like COVID-19. A new way to motivate and focus teams committed to leveraging disruption By exploring well-known examples of disruption-opportunists like Apple and Tesla Motors, Disrupted enables listeners to understand the kind of "strategic thinking" that allows teams and leaders to confidently pursue opportunities with a shared strategic language, and a methodology designed for ‘strategic synergy’ and timely and agile execution at all levels of their organization. In Disrupted we are challenged to confront exponential change and ask ourselves: "What are our disruptors, and how will we leverage them?" Perfect questions for leaders committed to moving forward in the COVID economy.

©2015 Resilient Futures (P)2020 Resilient Futures

Narrator: Michael Reid
Length: 5 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Founder's Mentality

The Founder's Mentality

12 ratings

Summary

Why is profitable growth so hard to achieve and sustain? Most executives manage their companies as if the solution to that problem lies in the external environment - find an attractive market, formulate the right strategy, win new customers. But when Bain & Company's Chris Zook and James Allen (authors of the best-selling Profit from the Core) researched this question, they found that when companies fail to achieve their growth targets, 90 percent of the time the root causes are internal, not external - increasing distance from the front lines, loss of accountability, proliferating processes and bureaucracy, to name only a few. What's more, companies experience a set of predictable internal crises, at predictable stages, as they grow. Even for healthy companies, these crises, if not managed properly, stifle the ability to grow further - and can actively lead to decline. The key insight from Zook and Allen's research is that managing these choke points requires a "founder's mentality" - behaviors typically embodied by a bold, ambitious founder - to restore the speed, focus, and connection to customers, all of which are lost as companies grow: An insurgent's clear mission and purpose An unambiguous owner mind-set A relentless obsession with the front line Based on the authors' decade-long study of companies in more than 40 countries, The Founder's Mentality demonstrates the strong relationship between these three traits in companies of all kinds - not just start-ups - and their ability to sustain performance. Through rich analysis and inspiring examples, this book shows how any leader - not only a founder - can instill and leverage a founder's mentality throughout their organization and find lasting, profitable growth. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Bain & Company, Inc. (P)2017 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Robert Feifar
Length: 6 hrs and 38 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Obliquity

Obliquity

Summary

A leading economist charts the indirect road to happiness and wealth. Using dozens of practical examples from the worlds of business, politics, science, sports, literature, even parenting, esteemed economist John Kay proves a notion that feels at once paradoxical and deeply commonsensical: The best way to achieve any complex or broadly defined goal-from happiness to wealth to profit to preventing forest fires-is the indirect way. As Kay points out, we rarely know enough about the intricacies of important problems to tackle them head-on. And our unpredictable interactions with other people and the world at large mean that the path to our goals-and sometimes the goals themselves-will inevitably change. We can learn about our objectives and how to achieve them only through a gradual process of risk taking and discovery-what Kay calls obliquity. Kay traces this pathway to satisfaction as it manifests itself in nearly every aspect of life. The wealthiest people-from Andrew Carnegie to Bill Gates-achieved their riches through a passion for their work, not because they set materialistic goals. Research has shown that companies whose goal (as declared in mission statements) is excellent products or service are more profitable than companies whose stated goal is increasing profits. In the personal realm, a large body of evidence shows that parenthood is on a daily basis far more frustrating than happy- making. Yet parents are statistically happier than nonparents. Though their short-term pleasure is often thwarted by the demands of childrearing, the subtle-oblique-rewards of parenthood ultimately make them happier. Once he establishes the ubiquity of obliquity, Kay offers a wealth of practical guidance for avoiding the traps laid by the direct approach to complex problems. Directness blinds us to new information that contradicts our presumptions, fools us into confusing logic with truth, cuts us off from our intuition (which is the subconscious expression of our experience), shunts us away from alternative solutions that may be better than the one we're set on, and more. Kay also shows us how to acknowledge our limitations, redefine our goals to fit our skills, open our minds to new data and solutions, and otherwise live life with obliquity. This bracing manifesto will convince listeners-or confirm their conviction-that the best route to satisfaction and success does not run through the bottom line.

©2011 John Kay (P)2011 Gildan Media Corp

Author: John Kay
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Conflicted

Conflicted

Summary

Drawing on advice from the world’s leading experts on conflict and communication - from relationship scientists to hostage negotiators to diplomats - Ian Leslie, a columnist for the New Statesman, shows us how to transform the heat of conflict, disagreement and argument into the light of insight, creativity and connection, in a book with vital lessons for the home, workplace, and public arena.  For most people, conflict triggers a fight or flight response. Disagreeing productively is a hard skill for which neither evolution nor society has equipped us. It’s a skill we urgently need to acquire; otherwise, our increasingly vociferous disagreements are destined to tear us apart. Productive disagreement is a way of thinking, perhaps the best one we have. It makes us smarter and more creative, and it can even bring us closer together. It’s critical to the success of any shared enterprise, from a marriage, to a business, to a democracy. Isn’t it time we gave more thought to how to do it well?  In an increasingly polarized world, our only chance for coming together and moving forward is to learn from those who have mastered the art and science of disagreement. In this book, we’ll learn from experts who are highly skilled at getting the most out of highly charged encounters: interrogators, cops, divorce mediators, therapists, diplomats, psychologists. These professionals know how to get something valuable - information, insight, ideas - from the toughest, most antagonistic conversations. They are brilliant communicators: masters at shaping the conversation beneath the conversation. They know how to turn the heat of conflict into the light of creativity, connection, and insight.  In this much-needed book, Ian Leslie explores what happens to us when we argue, why disagreement makes us stressed, and why we get angry. He explains why we urgently need to transform the way we think about conflict and how having better disagreements can make us more successful. By drawing together the lessons he learns from different experts, he proposes a series of clear principles that we can all use to make our most difficult dialogues more productive - and our increasingly acrimonious world a better place. 

©2020 Ian Leslie (P)2020 HarperCollins Publishers

Author: Ian Leslie
Length: 7 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Real Estate Investment for Beginners: Is Real Estate Investment Profitable?

Real Estate Investment for Beginners: Is Real Estate Investment Profitable?

Summary

You are a click away from learning how to invest in real estate, earn passive income, and achieve financial freedom! The average millionaire has at least seven streams of income. And there is another quality that most millionaires have; they have interests in real estate! This shows that real estate is indeed the millionaire’s preferred investment vehicle! The reason why it is a preferred investment vehicle is because it provides a stable way of earning passive income almost on autopilot, it is always economically viable, always beats inflation, has attractive tax benefits, and much more. But I’ll let you in on a secret: You don’t have to be a millionaire to invest in real estate! Even if you don’t have truckloads of money to invest, you can still jump right into real estate and make steady passive income from your investment, just like the big boys do! So how exactly can you invest in real estate? What should you pay attention to when investing? How do you invest in real estate if you don’t have so much money to invest? Where can you get the funding for investments if you don’t have finances? What are some real estate investment strategies that you need to know? If you have any of the above questions and even more, this book will answer them and provide you with a lot of useful information to enable you to get started with real estate investing. And here is a preview of what you are going to learn: What passive real estate investing entails The difference between passive and active income The various types of passive incomes at your disposal Suitable examples of how passive income works Why invest in real estate The three main ways to invest passively in real estate Common myths on real estate investing debunked Nine common mistakes made by novice real estate investors and how to avoid them Five real estate investment strategies that you need to know How to build your team to have success in real estate investing Important tips for buying and selling real estate How to finance your real estate transactions How you can invest in real estate without money And much more... This book simplifies the process of real estate investing so that you can have the knowledge to get started with investing as soon as possible. It is an easy-to-follow, step-by-step guide to real estate investing that will get you started right away! Would you like to know how to make money in real estate investing? Scroll up to the top of this page and Click "Buy Now" to get started!

©2019 Robert Wealth (P)2020 Robert Wealth

Narrator: Mark Graham
Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Escape Velocity

Escape Velocity

4 ratings

Summary

From the world’s leading high-tech strategist comes the definitive road map to help established companies create next-generation growth. Geoffrey Moore’s now-classic Crossing the Chasm became a must-read book by presenting an innovative framework to address the make-or-break obstacle facing all high-tech companies: how to gain market share from early adopters and from mainstream consumers. Based on 20 years’ experience advising the top leaders of many of the world’s most successful enterprises, Moore’s Escape Velocity offers a pragmatic plan to engage the most critical challenge that established enterprises face in the 21st-century economy: how to move beyond past success and drive next-generation growth from new lines of business. As he worked with senior management teams, Moore repeatedly found that executives were trapped by short-term performance-based compensation schemes. The result was critical decision-makers overweighting their legacy commitments, an embarrassingly low success rate in new-product launches, and a widespread failure to sustain any kind of next-generation business at scale. In Escape Velocity, Moore presents a cogent strategy for generating future growth within an established enterprise. Organized around a hierarchy of powers—category power, company power, market power, offer power, and execution power—this insightful work shows how each level of power can be orchestrated to achieve overall success. Moore explains how to use mergers and acquisitions as well as organic innovation to systematically migrate an enterprise’s portfolio out of lower-growth and into higher-growth categories; how to reallocate resources across an enterprise in deliberately asymmetrical ways to create a powerful and sustainable foundation for a long-term competitive advantage; how to leverage target-market initiatives as accelerants to growth and as stepping-stones to broad overall category success; how to create unmatchable offerings by being swift to neutralize competitors’ innovations and laser-focused on driving in-house innovations to make a business impervious to competitors; how to fundamentally change the execution cadence of an organization, pushing change from innovation to broad deployment, creating an irreversible tipping point along the way. Drawing from thousands of hours spent face-to-face with CEOs and their teams, Moore presents case examples and best practices. While his experience is deeply rooted in the high-tech sector, his models and techniques apply well beyond this arena, including to the public sector. At a time when the world is looking to established enterprises for growth and stability, Moore’s analysis is penetrating and his prescriptions are right on the mark. Escape Velocity gives executives and their teams a practical way forward to take advantage of the opportunities amid industry and economic disruptions.

©2011 Geoffrey A. Moore (P)2011 HarperCollinsPublishers

Narrator: Rick Adamson
Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Meetings Suck: Turning One of the Most Loathed Elements of Business into One of the Most Valuable

Meetings Suck: Turning One of the Most Loathed Elements of Business into One of the Most Valuable

9 ratings

Summary

We all know that meetings suck, right? You hear it all the time. It's the one thing that almost everyone in business can agree on. Except it's not actually true. Meetings don't suck; we suck at running meetings. When done right, meetings not only work, they make people and companies better. In Meetings Suck, world renowned business expert and growth guru Cameron Herold teaches you how to use focused, time effective meetings to help you and your company soar. This book shows you immediately actionable, step-by-step systems that ensure that you and everyone in your organization improves your meetings, right away. In the process, you'll turn meetings that suck into meetings that work. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Cameron Herold (P)2017 Cameron Herold Enterprises

Narrator: Drew Birdseye
Length: 2 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Rethinking Agile

Rethinking Agile

Summary

You can turn any problem into a mystery. There are now enough agile templates and frameworks to turn any simple insight into a challenge that naturally can only be resolved with this or that method or framework. Yes, I am sitting in a glass house. I make my money giving companies valuable tips and my name is associated with Kanban. However, my goal is to never make things more complicated than what they really are.  And a simple insight goes along with this: An agile organization is not created by completely optimizing elements isolated from one another — in most cases, this involves teams. Often, though, agile odysseys start with this local (sub-)optimization, where at the same time their chosen agile method becomes the golden calf. Then the only attempt is to do the method justice rather than asking what creates more value for the customer. Typically, collaboration between the development areas of an organization and the business decision makers isn't taken into consideration. In this book, combined with the power of illustration, I want to make a clear and meaningful point about this simple insight, which you can neither certify nor trademark. In the past two years, I have gone from conference to conference with my presentation "why agile teams have nothing to do with business agility". Over and over, I receive feedback from people in the audience about how they have found themselves in the same trials and tribulations during agile transformations. Hence, this book presumes a fundamental knowledge about agility and the mechanisms behind it. Perhaps your company has just started down the path of becoming agile, or you are already stuck knee-deep in the transformation and are asking yourself what the heck has gone wrong. In this case, you will probably find useful hints in this book. And perhaps while listening to this book you will realize something that makes you smile to yourself, which means my goal has been achieved.

©2019 Klaus Leopold (P)2020 Klaus Leopold

Narrator: Tia Rider
Length: 2 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Architect and Entrepreneur

Architect and Entrepreneur

7 ratings

Summary

Part narrative, part business book, Architect and Entrepreneur is filled with contemporary, relevant, fresh tips and advice from a seasoned professional architect building a new business. The guide advocates novel strategies and tools that merge entrepreneurship with the practices of architecture and interior design. The problem: Embarking on a new business venture is intimidating. You have questions, but many of the resources available to help entrepreneur architects and interior designers start their design businesses lack timeliness and relevance. Most are geared toward building colossal firms like SOM and Gensler using outdated methods and old business models. If you're an individual or small team contemplating starting a design business, this is your field guide, crafted to inspire action. The solution: Using the lean start-up methodology to create a minimum viable product, the handbook encourages successive small wins that support a broader vision, enabling one to think big, start small, and learn fast. It's a unique take on design practice viewed through the lens of entrepreneurship and is designed to answer the questions all new business owners face, from the rote to the existential. Questions about: Start-up costs Business models (old and new) Marriage of business and design Mind-set Branding and naming (exercises and ideas) Internet marketing strategies Passive income ideas Setting your fee Taxes Standard operating procedures (SOPs) Securing the work Client relations Software Billing rates Contracts Building a business isn't a singular act; it's a series of small steps. Using the outline found in Architect and Entrepreneur, you can start today. The chapters are organized to guide you from idea to action. Rather than write a business plan, you'll be challenged to craft a brand, and you'll sell it using new technologies.

©2015 Eric W Reinholdt (P)2016 Eric W Reinholdt

Length: 5 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Holacracy

Holacracy

12 ratings

Summary

Holacracy distributes authority and decision making throughout an organization and defines people not by hierarchy and titles but by roles. Holacracy creates organizations that are fast and agile and that succeed by pursuing their purpose, free from the tyranny of top-down planning that's instantly out of date. This isn't anarchy - it's quite the opposite. When you start to follow Holacracy, you learn to create new structures and ways of making decisions that empower the people who know the most about the work your company does: your frontline colleagues. Some of the many champions of Holacracy include Tony Hsieh, CEO of Zappos.com (and author of the number one New York Times best seller Delivering Happiness); Evan Williams (cofounder of Blogger, Twitter, and Medium); and David Allen.

©2015 HolacracyOne LLC (P)2015 Macmillan Audio

Length: 4 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dotcom Secrets

Dotcom Secrets

29 ratings

Summary

Master the science of funnel building to grow your company online with sales funnels in this updated edition from the $100 million entrepreneur and cofounder of the software company ClickFunnels.    DotCom Secrets is not just another "how-to" audiobook on internet marketing. This audio is not about getting more traffic to your website - yet these secrets will help you get exponentially more traffic than ever before.   This audio is not about increasing your conversions - yet these secrets will increase your conversions more than any headline tweak or split test you could ever hope to make.   Low traffic or low conversion rates are symptoms of a much greater problem that's a little harder to see (that's the bad news), but a lot easier to fix (that's the good news).   What most businesses really have is a "funnel" problem. Your funnel is the online process that you take your potential customers through to turn them into actual customers. Everyone has a funnel (even if they don't realize it), and yours is either bringing more customers to you or repelling them.   Over the past decade, we have run tens of thousands of split tests to figure out which funnels work for almost every situation you can dream of. If your goal is to generate leads, we have funnel frameworks and scripts for that. If you want to sell a product or a service, there are frameworks and scripts for that as well.   The sales funnel frameworks that you will find on this audio have now helped literally tens of thousands of companies around the world to grow faster than ever before. This audiobook will give you access to all the processes, funnels, frameworks, and scripts that we use to scale our companies online so you can fix your funnel and turn it into the most profitable member of your team!   This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 Hay House (P)2020 Hay House

Narrator: Russell Brunson
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Skip the Line

Skip the Line

Summary

The entrepreneur, angel investor, and best-selling author of Choose Yourself busts the 10,000-hour rule of achieving mastery, offering a new mindset and dozens of techniques that will inspire any professional - no matter their age or managerial level - to pursue their passions and quickly acquire the skills they need to succeed and achieve their dreams. We live in a hierarchical world where experience has traditionally been the key to promotion. But that period is over! Straight, clear-cut career trajectories no longer exist. Industries disappear, job descriptions change, and people’s interests and passions evolve. The key to riding this wave, entrepreneur James Altucher advises, is to constantly be curious about what’s next, to be comfortable with uncertainty so you can keep navigating the rough waters ahead, and most important, to pursue the things that interest you. In Skip the Line, he reveals how he went from struggling and depressed to making his personal, financial, and creative dreams come true, despite - and perhaps due to - his many failures along the way. Altucher combines his personal story with concrete - and unorthodox - insights that work. But Skip the Line isn’t about hacks and shortcuts - it’s about transforming the way you think, work, and live, letting your interests guide your learning, time, and resources. It’s about allowing yourself to do what comes naturally; the more you do what you love, the better you do it. While showing you how to approach change and crisis, Altucher gives you tools to help easily execute ideas, become an expert negotiator, attract the attention of those around you, scale promising ideas, and improve leadership - all of which will catapult you higher than you ever thought possible and at a speed that everyone will tell you is impossible.

©2021 James Altucher (P)2021 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: James Altucher
Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The 4 Disciplines of Execution

The 4 Disciplines of Execution

78 ratings

Summary

An insightful new work from the multimillion-copy best-selling author Sean Covey and the FranklinCovey organization, based on their work with hundreds of thousands of employees and large companies to unveil the essential disciplines proven to help businesses and individuals realize their most important goals. A publishing phenomenon, Sean Covey and the FranklinCovey organization have become one of the most respected brands in the highly competitive world of thought leadership in business. In his latest work, Covey lays out an unprecedented plan for goal-realization that will revolutionize the way we approach our dreams. The 4 Disciplines of Execution provides a simple, proven formula for achieving the goals that every individual or organization needs to reach. From Marriott to the U.S. Navy, Covey and his team have worked with more than 200,000 people in hundreds of organizations to improve performance, identifying and honing four secrets of perfect execution: Focus on the Wildly Important; Act on the Lead Measures; Keep a Compelling Scoreboard; and Create a Cadence of Accountability. By allowing teams to separate those urgent tasks that demand attention merely to keep a company alive - called the "whirlwind" - from new, "wildly important" goals that promise to break new ground, these disciplines empower leaders to accomplish what is by far the most difficult aspect of creating results: executing a strategy that requires a change in behavior. Simply put, this is a work that no business, however small or large, can afford to pass up. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2012 FranklinCovey Co. All rights reserved. (P)2012 Simon & Schuster, Inc. All rights reserved.

Available on Audible
Cover art for HBR's 10 Must Reads on Communication

HBR's 10 Must Reads on Communication

4 ratings

Summary

The best leaders know how to communicate clearly and persuasively. How do you stack up? If you listen to nothing else on communicating effectively, you should at least hear these 10 articles. We've combed through hundreds of articles in the Harvard Business Review archive and selected the most important ones to help you express your ideas with clarity and impact - no matter what the situation. Leading experts such as Deborah Tannen, Jay Conger, and Nick Morgan provide the insights and advice you need to: Pitch your brilliant idea - successfully Connect with your audience Establish credibility Inspire others to carry out your vision Adapt to stakeholders' decision-making styles Frame goals around common interests Build consensus and win support PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2013 Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People

Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People

1 rating

Summary

It’s not the work that’s so hard - it’s the people. The micromanaging control freak. The boss who takes credit for everything. The coworker who regularly strolls in late and takes leisurely breaks.There’s no escaping problematic personalities. And there’s no point fighting or letting tensions simmer. Instead, learn to build positive, productive relationships with everyone in your workplace - and put your career on an unstoppable upward trajectory. Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People is an all-in-one trouble-shooting guide for resolving any kind of conflict with your boss or coworkers. Organized for quick lookup, the book helps you identify situations that push your emotional buttons. It offers powerful tools for defusing potentially explosive situations, including: 325 phrases that lead to constructive conflict-resolution conversations 20 challenging coworker behaviors, with specific phrases and actions for dealing with each 10 difficult boss personality types, with guidelines for working through problems with each Tips for recovering from blunders you may have caused yourself A five-step process for turning bad situations into positive ones You can interact effectively with even the most challenging people by using these pithy, powerful solutions for quickly resolving workplace strife.

©2013 Renee Evenson (P)2013 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Rose Itzcovitz
Length: 6 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Nine Lies About Work

Nine Lies About Work

55 ratings

Summary

Your organization's culture is the key to its success. Strategic planning is essential. People's competencies should be measured and their weaknesses shored up. People crave feedback.  These may sound like basic truths of our work lives today. But actually, they're lies. As Marcus Buckingham and Ashley Goodall show in this provocative, inspiring book, there are some big lies - distortions, faulty assumptions, wrong thinking - running through our organizational lives.  But there are those who can get past the lies and discover what's real. These are freethinking leaders who recognize the power and beauty of our individual uniqueness, who know that emergent patterns are more valuable than received wisdom, and that evidence is more powerful than dogma.  With engaging stories and incisive analysis, the authors reveal the essential truths that such freethinking leaders will recognize immediately: that it is the strength and cohesiveness of your team, not your company's culture, that matters most; that we need less focus on top-down planning and more on giving our people reliable, real-time intelligence; that rather than trying to align people's goals we should strive to align people's sense of purpose and meaning; that people don't want constant feedback, they want helpful attention.  This is the real world of work.

©2019 One Thing Productions, Inc. and Ashley Goodall (P)2019 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Managing Successful Rental Properties

Managing Successful Rental Properties

Summary

Are you struggling to manage your Rental Properties? Well, worry no more! Being a successful project manager requires skills, knowledge, and experience. You must be able to adapt quickly to ever-changing conditions in the property market and be prepared for unforeseen eventualities that are likely to crop up. Fortunately, anyone can be a successful residential Property Manager. As long as they are dedicated to learning every day and applying the things you learn in your day-to-day management duties. In this book, I have painstakingly laid out all the pre-requisites that you need in order to become a star property manager. The strategies and tips that I have discussed are tried and tested and have been proven to work time and again. I have no doubt that by reading and applying the invaluable tips that I have shared in this book.

©2021 Nyiva Musau (P)2021 Nyiva Musau

Available on Audible
Cover art for Business Is Personal

Business Is Personal

Summary

Business is personal. A statement on life as a business owner. Being the leader of your own life is the greatest lesson in business. Your business is personal, as it is yours.   We live in a fast-paced, overconnected world. Relying on your own instincts and knowing the dreams you hold for your version of success, ambition and happiness will ensure you have the life you want and not the life you compare yourself with.   Business Is Personal shares the areas of business that are rarely discussed but have been learned the hard way by Penny and others. The emotions we need to understand, the mind we can be in control of, and tools Penny learned following years of hard work and many challenging moments. Penny has poured her heart into this book, and it is incredibly revealing.

©2018 Penny Power (P)2018 Panoma Press

Narrator: Penny Power
Length: 7 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Cracking Complexity

Cracking Complexity

3 ratings

Summary

Complexity has met its match! Today, organizations are grappling with ambiguity, volatility, and paradox surrounding the challenges they face. This is complexity. But too many leaders approach complexity the wrong way - they push their people harder and harder and tackle problems one at a time over months, sometimes even years and nearly always in a linear fashion. It’s like setting a pot of water on “low” and waiting for it to boil. To solve the seemingly intractable challenges that leaders bang their heads against for months - to get the metaphorical water to boil - you must generate a high amount of heat very quickly. In this book, the authors share their proven formula for dramatically shortening the process and solving an organization’s toughest challenges in mere days. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 David Benjamin, David Komlos, and Marshall Goldsmith (P)2019 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Business German 3

Business German 3

Summary

Learning Business German 3 with parallel text is the most rewarding and effective method to learn a language. Existing vocabulary is refreshed, while new vocabulary is instantly put into practice with a focus on management. Our management short stories evolve around business, making the terms and phrases easier to remember in the learning process. Learning business German with parallel text is recommended for beginners with a good basis of German, intermediate level learners — and as a refreshers course. The stories have been written to keep the listeners' attention and are fun to listen to for you to learn through your motivation. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Polyglot Planet Publishing (P)2017 Polyglot Planet Publishing

Available on Audible
Cover art for Beyond Reason

Beyond Reason

6 ratings

Summary

Emotions matter. Whether negotiating with an angry boss or an outraged teenager, emotions can derail you. Properly treated, however, they can help you achieve the results you want. This audiobook shows you how. In Beyond Reason, you will discover five "core concerns" that motivate people: appreciation, affiliation, autonomy, status, and role. You will learn how to use these core concerns to generate helpful emotions in yourself and in others. Armed with this knowledge, you can gauge the needs of another negotiator, set the emotional tone of discussion, and reach a mutually acceptable agreement. Beyond Reason clarifies the complicated "fuzzy" world of emotions and offers straightforward, practical advice. It builds on previous work of the Harvard Negotiation Project, the group that brought you the groundbreaking book Getting to YES. Now, in Beyond Reason, world renowned negotiator Roger Fisher teams up with psychologist Daniel Shapiro, expert on the emotional dimension of negotiation. They show you how to employ emotions to turn a disagreement, big or small, professional or personal, into an opportunity for mutual gain. Fresh, insightful, and relevant to any interaction, Beyond Reason is certain to become a lasting classic for dealing with anyone from family and friends to colleagues, customers, and employees.

©2005 Roger Fisher and Daniel Shapiro (P)2005 Penguin Audiobooks

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Richest Man in Babylon

The Richest Man in Babylon

675 ratings

Summary

This inspiring book, began in 1926 as a series of informational pamphlets distributed by banks and insurance companies. By 1927, several of these pamphlets had been compiled into a book and this collection has been in print ever since. It has helped millions of people, and has been hailed as the greatest of all inspirational works on the subject of thrift, financial planning, and personal wealth. A modern day classic, The Richest Man in Babylon dispenses financial advice through a collection of parables set in ancient Babylon. These famous "Babylonian parables" offer an understanding of - and solution to - a lifetime's worth of personal financial problems, and holds the secrets to acquiring money, keeping money, and earning more money.

©2013 Gildan Media LLC (P)2013 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Grover Gardner
Length: 4 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Prediction Machines

Prediction Machines

131 ratings

Summary

"What does AI mean for your business? Read this book to find out." (Hal Varian, Chief Economist, Google)  Artificial intelligence does the seemingly impossible, magically bringing machines to life - driving cars, trading stocks, and teaching children. But facing the sea change that AI will bring can be paralyzing. How should companies set strategies, governments design policies, and people plan their lives for a world so different from what we know? In the face of such uncertainty, many analysts either cower in fear or predict an impossibly sunny future.  But in Prediction Machines, three eminent economists recast the rise of AI as a drop in the cost of prediction. With this single, masterful stroke, they lift the curtain on the AI-is-magic hype and show how basic tools from economics provide clarity about the AI revolution and a basis for action by CEOs, managers, policy makers, investors, and entrepreneurs.  When AI is framed as cheap prediction, its extraordinary potential becomes clear: Prediction is at the heart of making decisions under uncertainty. Our businesses and personal lives are riddled with such decisions. Prediction tools increase productivity - operating machines, handling documents, communicating with customers. Uncertainty constrains strategy. Better prediction creates opportunities for new business structures and strategies to compete.  Penetrating, fun, and always insightful and practical, Prediction Machines follows its inescapable logic to explain how to navigate the changes on the horizon. The impact of AI will be profound, but the economic framework for understanding it is surprisingly simple.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2018 Ajay Agrawal, Joshua Gans, Avi Goldfarb (P)2018 Audible, Inc.

Narrator:
Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Empowered

Empowered

4 ratings

Summary

What is it about the top tech product companies such as Amazon, Apple, Google, Netflix, and Tesla that enables their record of consistent innovation?  Most people think it's because these companies are somehow able to find and attract a level of talent that makes this innovation possible. But the real advantage these companies have is not so much who they hire, but rather how they enable their people to work together to solve hard problems and create extraordinary products.  As legendary Silicon Valley coach - and coach to the founders of several of today's leading tech companies - Bill Campbell said, "Leadership is about recognizing that there's a greatness in everyone, and your job is to create an environment where that greatness can emerge". The goal of Empowered is to provide you, as a leader of product management, product design, or engineering, with everything you'll need to create just such an environment.   A natural companion to the best seller Inspired, Empowered tackles head-on the reason why most companies fail to truly leverage the potential of their people to innovate: product leadership.

©2020 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (P)2020 Gildan Media

Narrator: Marty Cagan
Length: 11 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for What You Do Is Who You Are

What You Do Is Who You Are

61 ratings

Summary

Ben Horowitz, a leading venture capitalist, modern management expert, and New York Times best-selling author, combines lessons both from history and from modern organizational practice with practical and often surprising advice to help executives build cultures that can weather both good and bad times. Ben Horowitz has long been fascinated by history, and particularly by how people behave differently than you’d expect. The time and circumstances in which they were raised often shapes them - yet a few leaders have managed to shape their times. In What You Do Is Who You Are, he turns his attention to a question crucial to every organization: how do you create and sustain the culture you want? To Horowitz, culture is how a company makes decisions. It is the set of assumptions employees use to resolve everyday problems: Should I stay at the Red Roof Inn, or the Four Seasons? Should we discuss the color of this product for five minutes or 30 hours? If culture is not purposeful, it will be an accident or a mistake. What You Do Is Who You Are explains how to make your culture purposeful by spotlighting four models of leadership and culture-building - the leader of the only successful slave revolt, Haiti’s Toussaint Louverture; the Samurai, who ruled Japan for 700 years and shaped modern Japanese culture; Genghis Khan, who built the world’s largest empire; and Shaka Senghor, a man convicted of murder who ran the most formidable prison gang in the yard and ultimately transformed prison culture. Horowitz connects these leadership examples to modern case-studies, including how Louverture’s cultural techniques were applied (or should have been) by Reed Hastings at Netflix, Travis Kalanick at Uber, and Hillary Clinton, and how Genghis Khan’s vision of cultural inclusiveness has parallels in the work of Don Thompson, the first African-American CEO of McDonalds, and of Maggie Wilderotter, the CEO who led Frontier Communications. Horowitz then offers guidance to help any company understand its own strategy and build a successful culture. What You Do Is Who You Are is a journey through culture, from ancient to modern. Along the way, it answers a question fundamental to any organization: Who are we? How do people talk about us when we’re not around? How do we treat our customers? Are we there for people in a pinch? Can we be trusted? Who you are is not the values you list on the wall. It’s not what you say in company-wide meeting. It’s not your marketing campaign. It’s not even what you believe. Who you are is what you do. This audiobook aims to help you do the things you need to become the kind of leader you want to be - and others want to follow.

©2019 Ben Horowitz (P)2019 HarperAudio

Narrator: Kevin Kenerly
Author: Ben Horowitz
Length: 6 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The E-Myth Revisited

The E-Myth Revisited

367 ratings

Summary

In this audio edition of the totally revised underground best seller, The E-Myth, Michael Gerber dispels the myths surrounding starting your own business and shows how commonplace assumptions can get in the way of running a business. He walks you through the steps in the life of a business, from entrepreneurial infancy, through adolescent growing pains, to the mature entrepreneurial perspective, the guiding light of all businesses that succeed, and shows how to apply the lessons of franchising to any business, whether or not it is a franchise. Finally, Gerber draws the vital, often overlooked distinction between working on your business and working in your business. After you have listened to The E-Myth Revisited, you will truly be able to grow your business in a predictable and productive way.

©1955, 2001, 2003, 2004 Michael E. Gerber (P)2004 HarperCollins Publishers, Inc.

Length: 8 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Hidden Factor: Why Thinking Differently Is Your Greatest Asset

The Hidden Factor: Why Thinking Differently Is Your Greatest Asset

Summary

From technology to business, two (or more) heads often prove to be better than one - but only if those heads are cognitively diverse. Diverse perspectives are a powerful tool for maximizing productivity and enhancing collective performance. Now, in The Hidden Factor: Why Thinking Differently Is Your Greatest Asset, you can learn the strategies that make you a more diverse thinker and position you to break down institutional silos and build robust, effective teams.  Delivered by Professor Scott E. Page of the University of Michigan - a pioneering researcher in his field - these 24 thought-provoking lectures are packed with case studies, cautionary tales, and formal mathematical methods that prove the case for cognitive difference. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2012 The Great Courses (P)2012 The Teaching Company, LLC

Narrator: Scott E. Page
Length: 11 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Breakthrough

Breakthrough

Summary

Career development is more important than ever! Many experts believe COVID-19 will have a disproportionate impact on women in the workplace. Give yourself, other women, or men in your life the gift of honest dialogue about overcoming some of the unique barriers women can face.  While the number of female entrepreneurs, business owners, and leaders in corporate leadership roles is growing, there are still many challenges women face that are different from their male counterparts. Saundra Stroope has conducted research in this area, surveying 200+ global women in leadership and professional roles, and identified the top career myths impacting their satisfaction and career success.

©2019 Business Expert Press (P)2021 Saundra Stroope

Narrator: Mariah
Length: 3 hrs and 12 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Work Energy: Finish What You Start and Fearlessly Take on Any Goal

Work Energy: Finish What You Start and Fearlessly Take on Any Goal

50 ratings

Summary

It was only nine years ago that Jim Harmer worked at a dollar store, stocking shelves while struggling through law school. He had worked hard for his goals, but there was no assurance in sight that he would ever achieve them. During that year, he learned a key truth that changed the way he worked. He found the one unique quality inside him - one we all have - that gave him a reason to work. He didn’t know it then, but that secret ingredient was his "work energy". Now, after creating a digital brand that has attracted over 70 million people and made him financially free, Jim has constructed the framework behind his success. Within this book, you will discover your own "work energy": the drive behind everything you do and the reason you can take on any goal. Whether you want to crush personal, career, or any other goal, your work energy will help you get there.

©2019 Income School LLC (P)2019 Income School LLC

Narrator: Jim Harmer
Author: Jim Harmer
Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Good Strategy/Bad Strategy

Good Strategy/Bad Strategy

25 ratings

Summary

Good Strategy/Bad Strategy clarifies the muddled thinking underlying too many strategies and provides a clear way to create and implement a powerful action-oriented strategy for the real world. Developing and implementing a strategy is the central task of a leader. A good strategy is a specific and coherent response to - and approach for - overcoming the obstacles to progress. A good strategy works by harnessing and applying power where it will have the greatest effect. Yet, Rumelt shows that there has been a growing and unfortunate tendency to equate Mom-and-apple-pie values, fluffy packages of buzzwords, motivational slogans, and financial goals with “strategy”. In Good Strategy/Bad Strategy, he debunks these elements of “bad strategy” and awakens an understanding of the power of a “good strategy”. He introduces nine sources of power - ranging from using leverage to effectively focusing on growth - that are eye-opening yet pragmatic tools that can easily be put to work on Monday morning and uses fascinating examples from business, nonprofit, and military affairs to bring its original and pragmatic ideas to life. The detailed examples range from Apple to General Motors, from the two Iraq wars to Afghanistan, from a small local market to Wal-Mart, from Nvidia to Silicon Graphics, from the Getty Trust to the Los Angeles Unified School District, from Cisco Systems to Paccar, and from Global Crossing to the 2007-08 financial crisis. Reflecting an astonishing grasp and integration of economics, finance, technology, history, and the brilliance and foibles of the human character, Good Strategy/Bad Strategy stems from Rumelt’s decades of digging beyond the superficial to address hard questions with honesty and integrity.

©2011 Richard Rumelt (P)2019 Random House Audio

Narrator: Sean Runnette
Length: 11 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Powerful: Building a Culture of Freedom and Responsibility

Powerful: Building a Culture of Freedom and Responsibility

123 ratings

Summary

When it comes to recruiting, motivating, and creating great teams, Patty McCord says most companies have it all wrong. McCord helped create the unique and high-performing culture at Netflix, where she was chief talent officer. In her new book, Powerful: Building a Culture of Freedom and Responsibility, she shares what she learned there and elsewhere in Silicon Valley.   McCord advocates practicing radical honesty in the workplace, saying good-bye to employees who don’t fit the company’s emerging needs, and motivating with challenging work, not promises, perks, and bonus plans. McCord argues that the old standbys of corporate HR—annual performance reviews, retention plans, employee empowerment and engagement programs—often end up being a colossal waste of time and resources. Her road-tested advice, offered with humor and irreverence, provides readers a different path for creating a culture of high performance and profitability.    Powerful will change how you think about work and the way a business should be run.

©2017 Patty McCord (P)2017 Missionday

Narrator:
Author: Patty McCord
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Millionaire Real Estate Agent

The Millionaire Real Estate Agent

61 ratings

Summary

Anyone who wants to turn their real-estate practice into a highly successful business must understand the fundamental models that drive the best real-estate agents in the industry. In The Millionaire Real Estate Agent, these models are revealed and explained. This book from Keller Williams represents the culmination of decades of real-estate experience, research, and consulting, with case studies from some of the top millionaire agents in the U.S. In this revolutionary handbook, you'll learn: Three key concepts that drive mega-agent production Essential economic, budgetary, organizational, and lead generation models that are the foundations of any high-achiever's business The distinguishing characteristic of millionaire real-estate agents: the way they think! How you can get on the real-estate career path to "Earn a Million", "Net a Million", and then "Receive a Million" dollars in annual income. The Millionaire Real Estate Agent is not about quick fixes. It is about the innovative application of proven business techniques to the real-estate industry. Isn't it about time you put your career on the path to becoming a millionaire real-estate agent?

©2006 Rellek Publishing Partners, Ltd. (P)2006 Rellek Publishing Partners, LLC

Narrator: Kyle Hebert
Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Brave New Work

Brave New Work

14 ratings

Summary

“This is the management book of the year. Clear, powerful, and urgent, it's a must-read for anyone who cares about where they work and how they work.” (Seth Godin, author of This Is Marketing) “This book is a breath of fresh air. Read it now, and make sure your boss does, too.” (Adam Grant, New York Times best-selling author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg) When fast-scaling startups and global organizations get stuck, they call Aaron Dignan. In this book, he reveals his proven approach for eliminating red tape, dissolving bureaucracy, and doing the best work of your life. He’s found that nearly everyone, from Wall Street to Silicon Valley, points to the same frustrations: lack of trust, bottlenecks in decision making, siloed functions and teams, meeting and email overload, tiresome budgeting, short-term thinking, and more. Is there any hope for a solution? Haven’t countless business gurus promised the answer, yet changed almost nothing about the way we work? That’s because we fail to recognize that organizations aren’t machines to be predicted and controlled. They’re complex human systems full of potential waiting to be released. Dignan says you can’t fix a team, department, or organization by tinkering around the edges.  Over the years, he has helped his clients completely reinvent their operating systems - the fundamental principles and practices that shape their culture - with extraordinary success. Imagine a bank that abandoned traditional budgeting, only to outperform its competition for decades. An appliance manufacturer that divided itself into 2,000 autonomous teams, resulting not in chaos but rapid growth. A healthcare provider with an HQ of just 50 people supporting over 14,000 people in the field - that is named the “best place to work” year after year. And even a team that saved $3 million per year by cancelling one monthly meeting. Their stories may sound improbable, but in Brave New Work you’ll learn exactly how they and other organizations are inventing a smarter, healthier, and more effective way to work. Not through top down mandates, but through a groundswell of autonomy, trust, and transparency. Whether you lead a team of 10 or 10,000, improving your operating system is the single most powerful thing you can do. The only question is, are you ready?

©2019 Aaron Dignan (P)2019 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Aaron Dignan
Author: Aaron Dignan
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Common Stocks and Uncommon Profits

Common Stocks and Uncommon Profits

40 ratings

Summary

One of the most important works ever written on investment theory, Common Stocks and Uncommon Profits lays out the fundamental principles of intelligent investing. Widely respected and admired, Philip Fisher is among the most influential investors of all time. His investment philosophies are not only studied and applied by today's finance professionals, but are also regarded by many as gospel. He is a pioneer of modern investment theory.

©1986 by Philip A. Fisher (P)2000 by Penton Overseas, Inc. Published by Penton Overseas, Inc. and Audio Scholar, Inc.

Narrator: George Guidall
Length: 2 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Start-Up of You

The Start-Up of You

16 ratings

Summary

A blueprint for thriving in your job and building a career by applying the lessons of Silicon Valley’s most innovative entrepreneurs.  LinkedIn co-founder and chairman Reid Hoffman and author Ben Casnocha show how to accelerate your career in today’s competitive world. The key is to manage your career as if it were a start-up business: a living, breathing, growing start-up of you. Why?  Start-ups - and the entrepreneurs who run them - are nimble. They invest in themselves. They build their professional networks. They take intelligent risks. They make uncertainty and volatility work to their advantage.   These are the very same skills professionals need to get ahead today.   This book isn’t about cover letters or resumes. Instead, you will learn the best practices of Silicon Valley start-ups, and how to apply these entrepreneurial strategies to your career. Whether you work for a giant multinational corporation, a small local business, or are launching your own venture, you need to know how to:  Adapt your career plans as you change, the people around you change, and industries change  Develop a competitive advantage to win the best jobs and opportunities  Strengthen your professional network by building powerful alliances and maintaining a diverse mix of relationships  Find the unique breakout opportunities that massively accelerate career growth  Take proactive risks to become more resilient to industry tsunamis  Tap your network for information and intelligence that help you make smarter decisions  A revolutionary new guide to thriving in today's fractured world of work, the strategies in this book will help you survive and thrive and achieve your boldest professional ambitions. The Start-Up of You empowers you to become the CEO of your career and take control of your future.

©2012 Reid Hoffman (P)2012 Random House

Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Length: 6 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Advances in Financial Machine Learning

Advances in Financial Machine Learning

1 rating

Summary

Machine learning (ML) is changing virtually every aspect of our lives. Today ML algorithms accomplish tasks that until recently only expert humans could perform. As it relates to finance, this is the most exciting time to adopt a disruptive technology that will transform how everyone invests for generations. Listeners will learn how to structure big data in a way that is amenable to ML algorithms; how to conduct research with ML algorithms on that data; how to use supercomputing methods; how to backtest your discoveries while avoiding false positives. The book addresses real-life problems faced by practitioners on a daily basis and explains scientifically sound solutions using math, supported by code and examples. Listeners become active users who can test the proposed solutions in their particular setting. Written by a recognized expert and portfolio manager, this book will equip investment professionals with the groundbreaking tools needed to succeed in modern finance. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2018 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (P)2018 Gildan Media

Length: 12 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Influencer

Influencer

72 ratings

Summary

If you've ever scrolled through your Instagram feed and thought, I wear clothes, eat avocado toast and like sunsets. Why can't someone pay me to live my best life? this book is for you.... Every one of your favorite influencers started with zero followers and had to make a lot of mistakes to get where they are today - earning more money each year than their parents made in the last decade. But to become a top creator, you need to understand the strategies behind the Insta-ready lifestyle. As nightlife blogger, then social media strategist, and now talent director at Hearst Magazines, Brittany Hennessy has seen the role of influencers evolve and expand into something that few could have imagined when social media first emerged. She has unrivaled insight into where the branded content industry was, where it is, and where it's going. In this book she'll reveal how to: Build an audience and keep them engaged Package your brand and pitch your favorite companies Monetize your influence and figure out how much to charge Plus tips on: Landing an agent Getting on the radar of your favorite sites Praising a brand without alienating their competitors Whether you're just starting out or you're ready for bigger campaigns, Hennessy guides you through core influencer principles, from creating content worth double tapping and using hashtags to get discovered to understanding FTC rules and delivering metrics. She'll show you how to elevate your profile, embrace your edge, and make money - all while doing what you love. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2018 Brittany Hennessy (P)2018 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Length: 4 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The 15 Commitments of Conscious Leadership

The 15 Commitments of Conscious Leadership

28 ratings

Summary

You'll never see leadership the same way again after reading this book. These 15 commitments are a distillation of decades of work with CEOs and other leaders. They are radical or provocative for many. They have been game changers for us and for our clients. We trust they will be for you, too. Our experience is that unconscious leadership is not sustainable. It won't work for you, your team, or your organization in the long term. Unconscious leadership can deliver short-term results, but the costs of living and leading unconsciously are great. Fear drives most leaders to make choices that are at odds with healthy relationships, vitality, and balance. This fear leaves a toxic residue that won't be as easily tolerated in an increasingly complex business environment. Conscious leadership offers the antidote to fear. These pages contain a comprehensive road map to guide you to shift from fear-based to trust-based leadership. Once you learn and start practicing conscious leadership, you'll get results in the form of more energy, clarity, focus, and healthier relationships. You'll do more and more of what you are passionate about and less of what you do out of obligation. Your team will get results as well. Drama and gossip will all but disappear, and the energy and resources that fueled them will be redirected towardsinnovation and creativity. Any one of these commitments will change your life. All of them together are revolutionary. What do you need to bring to the table? Be curious. Sounds so simple, yet in our experience it's a skill few have mastered. Most of us are far more interested in being right and proving it than we are in learning, growing, and shifting out of our old patterns. By default we gravitate toward the familiar. We're asking you to take a chance and explore the unfamiliar.

©2014 Jim Dethmer, Diana Chapman & Kaley Klemp (P)2014 Jim Dethmer, Diana Chapman & Kaley Klemp

Available on Audible
Cover art for Built to Serve

Built to Serve

9 ratings

Summary

What is my purpose? How do I find my passion? Most people wake up and drive to a job that they hate. Think about your five closest friends. Are they happy? Do they live their lives with purpose? Do you? We put on a fake front for what we want people to see and think about us, but the reality is most people aren’t happy. We’re lost. We settle. We aren’t happy with where we are. You can’t be happy if you don’t know your purpose. It’s not possible. You want more but you don’t even know where to start. You know there is more out there. You see others having success and you want it, too; there is nothing wrong with that. You just need help finding your purpose, so you can find the success you see all around you. You can be productive, crush your goals, pretend that all the things that you’ve acquired actually mean something…but at the end of the day, if you don’t know your purpose, you’ll always feel like there’s something missing. You’ll know that you’re capable of more and that you’re not living the life you should be. You might be fooling the world, but you’re not fooling the person looking back at you in the mirror. You need to find your actual power source. Your purpose is your source of power. Once you find your purpose it’ll fuel you for life. You’ll do things that you never thought you were capable of. Achieving your purpose will force you to morph into a stronger version of yourself. You’ll have to push through fears, insecurities, and doubts that held you back. But somehow it’ll all feel possible and necessary because you’re purpose-driven now…and that’s the only thing you’ll ever need.

©2020 by Evan Carmichael. (P)2020 Brilliance Publishing, Inc., all rights reserved.

Narrator: Evan Carmichael
Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Leadership Wisdom from the Monk Who Sold His Ferrari

Leadership Wisdom from the Monk Who Sold His Ferrari

66 ratings

Summary

Enthusiastically embraced by leading organizations such as Microsoft, FedEx, Nortel Networks, IBM, General Motors, and Arthur Andersen, Leadership Wisdom from the Monk Who Sold His Ferrari is one of the most innovative, effective, and remarkable books you will ever hear on the topic of showing leadership in your work and within your life.  In this deeply inspiring work, leadership guru and renowned professional speaker Robin Sharma reveals a remarkable step-by-step system that will restore trust, commitment, and spirit within your organization while transforming the way you think, feel, and live in the process. With masterful insight and brilliant simplicity, Robin Sharma has distilled some of the most powerful wisdom available for both professional and personal leadership into eight immensely practical lessons that leaders, managers, and entrepreneurs can immediately apply to send morale and productivity soaring in these topsy-turvy times while creating far more fulfilling inner lives along the way. After listening to this book, you will come away feeling genuinely moved to become a true leader who touches lives, adds deeper value to the world, and leaves a beautiful legacy that lasts.

©1998 Robin S. Sharma (P)2018 HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books

Narrator: Adam Verner
Author: Robin Sharma
Length: 7 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The School of Greatness

The School of Greatness

37 ratings

Summary

When a career-ending injury left elite athlete and professional football player Lewis Howes out of work and living on his sister's couch, he decided he needed to make a change for the better. He started by reaching out to people he admired, searching for mentors, and applying his past coaches' advice from sports to life off the field. Lewis did more than bounce back: He built a multimillion-dollar online business and is now a sought-after business coach, speaker, and podcast host. In the New York Times best seller The School of Greatness, Howes shares the essential tips and habits he gathered in interviewing "the greats" on his wildly popular podcast of the same name. In discussion with people like Olympic gold medalist Shawn Johnson and Pencils of Promise CEO Adam Braun, Howes figured out that greatness is unearthed and cultivated from within. The masters of greatness are not successful because they got lucky or are innately more talented but because they applied specific habits and tools to embrace and overcome adversity in their lives. A framework for personal development, The School of Greatness gives you the tools, knowledge, and actionable resources you need to reach your potential. Howes anchors each chapter with a specific lesson he culled from his greatness "professors" and his own experiences to teach you how to create a vision, develop hustle, and use dedication, mindfulness, joy, and love to reach goals. His lessons and practical exercises prove that anyone is capable of achieving success and that we can all strive for greatness in our everyday lives.

©2015 Lewis Howes (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Lewis Howes
Author: Lewis Howes
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Forex Trading Method

Forex Trading Method

Summary

Discover how you can generate tons of passive income with the power of Forex Trading! Do you want to take advantage of the world of forex? Looking for a detailed breakdown of all the must-know techniques? Then, keep reading... Forex is a powerful market - but only those who know how to navigate it can make the best returns. To succeed, you need to understand the market and exactly how you can get the most for your money. Inside this guide, you’ll uncover the secrets of forex and how you can take advantage of this incredible money-making opportunity! From understanding the primary currency pairs and how you can begin trading to learning how to avoid common mistakes and Ponzi schemes, here’s what you’ll discover inside: A comprehensive introduction into performing trades Top tips for forex trading Steps to master the candlestick strategy Reversal trading - everything you need to know Ponzi schemes and how to avoid them Starter tips for new traders And so much more! No matter your level of experience, this guide gives you simple, easy-to-follow instructions to help you break into forex trading and start seeing returns. With tips, tricks, and practical advice, you’ll have all the tools you need to begin your first trade and then keep going from there! So don’t wait! Buy now to join the millions of people succeeding with forex today!

©2019 Chris Franklin (P)2019 Chris Franklin

Narrator: Tennessee Bill
Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Unlimited Clients

Unlimited Clients

1 rating

Summary

Do you want to build your personal brand as a coach, consultant, author, creative artist, small business owner, or entrepreneur?  Based on his own success as an Inc. 500 entrepreneur, New York Times best-selling author, and global speaker, Kevin Kruse reveals how to: Become a go-to thought leader in less than a year Quickly build your audience with the visiting-Sherpa strategy Turn newsletter subscribers into “Superfans” with the Ben Franklin effect Generate sales from even the smallest email list with the intimate attention secret Discover your subscribers’ true interests with the reply-challenge technique Learn the secret to making an impact and creating a life that truly matters Bonus! Free online course: “Master Your Personal Brand” Take the next step in building your personal brand and click the "Buy Now" button at the top of the screen.

©2018 Kevin Kruse (P)2018 Kevin Kruse

Narrator: Kevin Kruse
Author: Kevin Kruse
Length: 2 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Competing in the Age of AI

Competing in the Age of AI

5 ratings

Summary

In industry after industry, data, analytics, and AI-driven processes are transforming the nature of work. While we often still treat AI as the domain of a specific skill, business function, or sector, we have entered a new era in which AI is challenging the very concept of the firm. AI-centric organizations exhibit a new operating architecture, redefining how they create, capture, share, and deliver value.   Marco Iansiti and Karim R. Lakhani show how reinventing the firm around data, analytics, and AI removes traditional constraints on scale, scope, and learning that have constrained business growth for hundreds of years. From Airbnb to Ant Financial, Microsoft to Amazon, research shows how AI-driven processes are vastly more scalable than traditional processes, drive massive scope increase, enabling companies to straddle industry boundaries, and enable powerful opportunities for learning - to drive ever more accurate, complex, and sophisticated predictions.   When traditional operating constraints are removed, strategy becomes a whole new game, one whose rules and likely outcomes this book will make clear. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation (P)2020 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Radical Candor

Radical Candor

253 ratings

Summary

Find the fully revised and updated edition of Radical Candor here. Now a New York Times best seller  This program is read by the author.  From the time we learn to speak, we're told that if you don't have anything nice to say, don't say anything at all. When you become a manager, it's your job to say it - and your obligation.  Author Kim Scott was an executive at Google and then at Apple, where she developed a class on how to be a good boss. She has earned growing fame in recent years with her vital new approach to effective management, Radical Candor.  Radical Candor is a simple idea: to be a good boss, you have to Care Personally at the same time that you Challenge Directly. When you challenge without caring its obnoxious aggression; when you care without challenging its ruinous empathy. When you do neither its manipulative insincerity.  This simple framework can help you build better relationships at work, and fulfill your three key responsibilities as a leader: creating a culture of feedback (praise and criticism), building a cohesive team, and achieving results you're all proud of.  Radical Candor offers a guide to those bewildered or exhausted by management, written for bosses and those who manage bosses. Taken from years of the author's experience, and distilled clearly giving actionable lessons to the listener; it shows managers how to be successful while retaining their humanity, finding meaning in their job, and creating an environment where people both love their work and their colleagues.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2017 Kim Scott (P)2017 Macmillan Audio

Narrator: Kim Scott
Author: Kim Scott
Length: 10 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mastering the VC Game

Mastering the VC Game

14 ratings

Summary

Finding the right venture capitalist to back your start-up is a challenge. Even if you manage to get backing, you want your VC to be a partner, not some dictator who will undermine your vision and take control of your life's work. Jeffrey Bussgang is one of a very few people who have played on both sides of this high-stakes game. Now he draws on his unique perspective to offer high-level insights, colorful stories, and practical advice gathered from his own experience as well as from interviews with dozens of the most successful entrepreneurs and VCs. He reveals how to get noticed, perfect a pitch, and negotiate a partnership that works for everyone.

©2011 Jeffrey Bussgang (P)2018 Gildan Media

Narrator: Ramon De Ocampo
Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Online Business Models for 2021

Online Business Models for 2021

Summary

This book will introduce you to a lot of different online business models that you can choose from. Learning about all the possible options will help you decide on the perfect fit for you. In the uncertainty of today's world, it can be immensely helpful to have an extra source of income. Setting up your own online business will assure you of financial independence regardless of whether you still have your job or not. In this book, you will find: Detailed information on the best online business models  How to get started with these businesses  How to increase online revenue  How to make your online business successful  And much more! So, what are you waiting for? If want to discover the best ways to make money online, then this is the book for you!

©2021 S.H Publishing (P)2021 S.H Publishing

Narrator: Nicky Griffiths
Length: 3 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Money People Deal: The Fastest Way to Real Estate Wealth

Money People Deal: The Fastest Way to Real Estate Wealth

64 ratings

Summary

For centuries, entrepreneurs have taken resources from different sources and have assembled them to create higher value. Great entrepreneurs like Steve Jobs, Henry Ford, and Donald Trump have all understood very clearly how to assemble money, people, and deals together. The intellectual value these men brought to their ventures was so great that they built their businesses by using none of their own money; this is the skill of the entrepreneur and the fastest way to wealth.  Stefan Aarnio is one of Canada’s leading up-and-coming real estate entrepreneurs and the 2012 winner of Canadian Real Estate Wealth Magazine’s “Joint Venture Partner of the Year”. Starting with only $1,200, Stefan has built a multimillion-dollar portfolio for his partners and has earned himself a spot on the self-made list. Stefan has accumulated properties at an alarming pace through his understanding of real estate joint ventures - the fastest way to real estate wealth.  Stefan’s philosophy is simple: find great deals, build a fantastic team, pay everybody, and create partnerships for life. In his audiobook, Money People Deal, Stefan reveals the secrets he used to build his multimillion-dollar portfolio by using none of his own money.

©2018 Stefan Aarnio (P)2018 Stefan Aarnio

Narrator: Stefan Aarnio
Length: 5 hrs and 48 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Harvard Business Review Family Business Handbook

The Harvard Business Review Family Business Handbook

1 rating

Summary

The one book you need to navigate the complex decisions and critical relationships necessary to create and sustain a healthy family business - and business family. Though "family business" may sound like it refers only to mom-and-pop shops, businesses owned by families are among the most significant and numerous in the world. But surprisingly few resources exist to help navigate the unique challenges you face when you share the executive suite, tax returns, and holidays. How do you make the right decisions, critical to the long-term survival of any business, with the added challenge of having to do so within the context of a family? This comprehensive handbook brings you sophisticated guidance and practical advice from family business experts Josh Baron and Rob Lachenauer. Based on their decades-long experience working closely with a wide range of family businesses around the world, the authors present proven methods and approaches. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2021 BanyanGlobal Family Business Advisors (P)2021 Gildan Media

Narrator: Steve Menasche
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Expert Secrets

Expert Secrets

22 ratings

Summary

Master the art of what to say in your funnels to convert your online visitors into lifelong customers in this updated edition from the $100 million entrepreneur and cofounder of the software company ClickFunnels.   Your business is a calling. You've been called to serve a group of people with the products, services, and offers that you've created. People come into your funnels looking for a solution to their problems. By positioning yourself as an expert and learning how to tell your story in a way that gets people to move, you are able to guide people through your value ladder, giving them the results they are seeking. This is how you change the lives of your customers, and this is how you grow your company.   Most people who put their products up for sale don't understand that their expertise is the key to actually selling the product. Your story, why you created this offer, and why you started your movement are what initially get people to convert and then continue to stay with you over time.   Your message has the ability to change someone's life. The impact that the right message can have on someone at the right time in their life is immeasurable. Your message could help to save marriages, repair families, change someone's health, grow a company, or more.... But only if you know how to get it into the hands of the people whose lives you have been called to change.   Expert Secrets will help you find your voice and give you the confidence to become a leader.... Expert Secrets will show you how to build a movement of people whose lives you can change.... Expert Secrets will teach you how to make this calling a career.   This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 Hay House (P)2020 Hay House

Narrator: Russell Brunson
Length: 6 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The 80/20 Principle

The 80/20 Principle

184 ratings

Summary

Secrets of the 80/20 Principle revealed! Find your "critical 20%" and transform your time - and life - forever! The 80/20 principle - also known as the Pareto principle - is the well-verified observation that in business, economics, and life generally, about 80 percent of all results flow from a mere 20 percent of our efforts. In this thought-provoking and highly informative program, Richard Koch unveils the secrets to how this mysterious but practical principle actually works... how it is affecting your life right now... and how you can start using it to your advantage. You'll learn: How to identify the critical 20% in every area of your life How to give up the guilt of not working as hard as you think you're supposed to Why "time management" is a counter-productive fallacy The six things successful 80/20 practitioners do differently than you How to make the 80/20 Principle work for you in your job, even when you don't have total control over your time What the 80/20 Principle can teach you about who to hire How to avoid dooming yourself to life as a wage slave How the 80/20 principle can multiply your money And much more! The unspoken corollary of the 80/20 principle is that little of what you spend your time on actually enriches your life. But by concentrating instead on the few things that do matter, you can unlock the enormous potential of the critical 20 percent and multiply your happiness and fulfillment. When you learn how to systematically apply the 80/20 principle, you will finally have the power to transcend the pressures of modern life: to become more successful and to enjoy more leisure, serenity, and great relationships with friends and loved ones.

©2003 Richard Koch (P)2003 Nightingale Conant

Narrator: Richard Koch
Author: Richard Koch
Length: 6 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Making Business Online

Making Business Online

Summary

Are You Ready to Make Money Online Through the Use of E-Commerce and Social Media?  This Guide Is for You. It will teach you in a simple way how to start with a new company from scratch, through detailed and easy-to-understand information even for beginners. He will talk in depth about the social media associated with online marketing and their effectiveness. Finally, we will talk about dropshipping, the activity which has just started but is giving many satisfactions to those who are doing it using our information. The Advantages of This Book The strength of this book is that it was written with the participation of experts from various sectors and entrepreneurs who are making money from their online activities, and they help us with their experience. This is very important because it helps you decrease errors, which means less money lost at the start of your business. This Book Will Talk About: How to become an entrepreneur How to create a company from scratch The right product at the right time The social media of yesterday and today and their influence on the market The most profitable marketing Dropshipping as an online business The importance of the brand Mistakes to avoid Who Is This Book For? In the end, this complete guide is useful for everyone, for beginners without experience who are looking for the right information to start their own business, and also for people who are already in the sector, but need new ideas and incentives to make the leap of quality. What are you waiting for? Click now and start earning now!

©2020 Tom F. Cowell (P)2021 Tom F. Cowell

Narrator: Charles Whalen
Length: 11 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Traffic Secrets

Traffic Secrets

29 ratings

Summary

Master the evergreen traffic strategies to fill your website and funnels with your dream customers in this timeless work from the $100 million entrepreneur and cofounder of the software company ClickFunnels.   The biggest problem that most entrepreneurs have isn't creating an amazing product or service; it's getting their future customers to discover that they even exist. Every year, tens of thousands of businesses start and fail because the entrepreneurs don't understand this one essential skill: the art and science of getting traffic (or people) to find you.   And that is a tragedy.   Traffic Secrets was recorded to help you get your message out to the world about your products and services. I strongly believe that entrepreneurs are the only people on earth who can actually change the world. It won't happen in government, and I don't think it will happen in schools.   It'll happen because of entrepreneurs like you, who are crazy enough to build products and services that will actually change the world. It'll happen because we are crazy enough to risk everything to try to make that dream become a reality.   To all the entrepreneurs who fail in their first year of business, what a tragedy it is when the one thing they risked everything for never fully gets to see the light of day. Waiting for people to come to you is not a strategy.   Understanding exactly who your dream customer is, discovering where they're congregating, and throwing out the hooks that will grab their attention to pull them into your funnels (where you can tell them a story and make them an offer) is the strategy. That's the big secret.   Traffic is just people. This audiobook will help you find your people so you can focus on changing their world with the products and services that you sell.   This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2020 Hay House (P)2020 Hay House

Narrator: Russell Brunson
Length: 6 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Most Successful Small Business in the World

The Most Successful Small Business in the World

Summary

As statistics tell us that most of the "ventureholics" who go out on their own to start a business will ultimately fail; and, as readers will learn, the main reason for this is because most businesses are not started the right way. Based on decades of experience working with small business owners, Michael Gerber will teach budding entrepreneurs his one-of-a-kind seven-step method - which is meant to be conceptualized long before the doors are ever opened, and what will ultimately position business' for long-term success and growth.Not by writing a business plan or spending countless amounts of resources on marketing will readers learn what is essential to creating a successful small business. By following the methodology outlined in this book small business owners will be able to build a solid structure for their business - what it looks like, how it works, the fluency of performance, etc. It is not until these seven-steps are considered and fully-executed that the business will be prepared for growth. MICHAEL E. GERBER is a best-selling author and founder and chairman of E-Myth Worldwide, a company that transforms the way small-business owners grow their companies. He has coached, taught, and trained over 60,000 small businesses in 145 countries, which has led him to become the world's preeminent small-business guru.

©2010 Michael Gerber (P)2010 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Length: 4 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The 80/20 Manager

The 80/20 Manager

Summary

Best-selling author Richard Koch shows managers how to apply the 80/20 Principle to achieve exceptional results at work - without stress or long hours. In his best-selling audiobook The 80/20 Principle, Richard Koch showed listeners how to put the 80/20 Principle - the idea that 80 percent of results come from just 20 percent of effort - into practice in their personal lives. Now in The 80/20 Manager, he demonstrates how to apply the principle to management. An 80/20 manager learns to focus only on the issues that really matter, achieving exceptional results, and feeling successful everyday while working less hard in fewer hours. A large number of managers - especially in these difficult times - feel completely overwhelmed. Their inboxes are overflowing and they constantly struggle to finish their to-do lists, leaving little time for the things that really matter. The 80/20 Manager shows a new way to look at management - and at life - to enjoy work and build a successful and fulfilling career.

©2013 Richard Koch; 2013 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Roger Davis
Author: Richard Koch
Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Anything You Want

Anything You Want

75 ratings

Summary

When anyone can start a business (when everyone is running their career like a business), it begs a question. This is your one chance at life, you can have anything you want, what is worth doing? Most people don't know why they're doing what they're doing. They imitate others, go with the flow, and follow paths without making their own. They spend decades in pursuit of something that someone convinced them they should want, without realizing that it won't make them happy. Anything You Want is a manifesto about living life, appreciating enough, and doing what matters. It's most of what fabled entrepreneur Derek Sivers learned in ten years of starting and growing a small business, compacted into something you can listen to in an hour and a half. A life worth living starts with knowing your personal philosophy of what makes you happy and what's worth doing.

©2011 Derek Sivers (P)2011 Brilliance Audio, Inc.

Narrator: Derek Sivers
Author: Derek Sivers
Length: 1 hr and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow

Team Topologies: Organizing Business and Technology Teams for Fast Flow

9 ratings

Summary

Effective software teams are essential for any organization to deliver value continuously and sustainably. But how do you build the best team organization for your specific goals, culture, and needs? Team Topologies is a practical, step-by-step, adaptive model for organizational design and team interaction based on four fundamental team types and three team interaction patterns. It is a model that treats teams as the fundamental means of delivery, where team structures and communication pathways are able to evolve with technological and organizational maturity. In Team Topologies, IT consultants Matthew Skelton and Manuel Pais share secrets of successful team patterns and interactions to help listeners choose and evolve the right team patterns for their organization, making sure to keep the software healthy and optimize value streams. Team Topologies is a major step forward in organizational design for software, presenting a well-defined way for teams to interact and interrelate that helps make the resulting software architecture clearer and more sustainable, turning inter-team problems into valuable signals for the self-steering organization. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Matthew Skelton and Manuel Pais (P)2019 IT Revolution Press

Narrator: Edward Bauer
Length: 6 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Finish Big

Finish Big

1 rating

Summary

"No two exit experiences are exactly alike. Some people wind up happy with the process and satisfied with the way it turned out, while others look back on it as a nightmare. The question I hope to answer in this audiobook is why. What did the people with 'good' exits do differently from those who'd had 'bad' exits?" When pioneering business journalist and Inc. magazine editor at large Bo Burlingham wrote Small Giants, it became an instant classic for its original take on a common business problem - how to handle the pressure to grow. Now Burlingham is back to tackle an even more common problem - how to exit your company well. Sooner or later, all entrepreneurs leave their businesses and all businesses get sold, given away, or liquidated. Whatever your preferred outcome, you need to start planning for it while you still have time and options. The beautiful part is that if you start early enough, the process will lead you to build a better, stronger, more resilient company, as well as one with a higher market value. Unfortunately, most owners don't start early enough - and pay a steep price for their procrastination. Burlingham interviewed dozens of entrepreneurs across a range of industries and identified eight key factors that determine whether owners are happy after leaving their businesses. His book showcases the insights, exit plans, and cautionary tales of entrepreneurs such as Ray Pagano: founder of a leading manufacturer of housings for security cameras. He turned down a bid for his company and instead changed his management style, resulting in a subsequent sale for four times the original offer. Bill Niman: founder of the iconic Niman Ranch, which revolutionized the meat industry. He learned about unhappy exits when he was forced to sell to private equity investors, leaving him with nothing to show for his 35 years in business.

©2014 Bo Burlingham (P)2014 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Sean Pratt
Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Inspired

Inspired

77 ratings

Summary

How do today's most successful tech companies - Amazon, Google, Facebook, Netflix, Tesla - design, develop, and deploy the products that have earned the love of literally billions of people around the world? Perhaps surprisingly, they do it very differently from the vast majority of tech companies. In Inspired, technology product management thought leader Marty Cagan provides listeners with a master class in how to structure and staff a vibrant and successful product organization and how to discover and deliver technology products that your customers will love - and that will work for your business. With sections on assembling the right people and skillsets, discovering the right product, embracing an effective yet lightweight process, and creating a strong product culture, listeners can take the information they learn and immediately leverage it within their own organizations - dramatically improving their own product efforts. Whether you're an early stage start-up working to get to product/market fit or a growth-stage company working to scale your product organization or a large, long-established company trying to regain your ability to consistently deliver new value for your customers, Inspired will take you and your product organization to a new level of customer engagement, consistent innovation, and business success. Filled with the author's own personal stories - and profiles of some of today's most successful product managers and technology-powered product companies, including Adobe, Apple, BBC, Google, Microsoft, and Netflix - Inspired will show you how to turn up the dial of your own product efforts, creating technology products your customers love. The first edition of Inspired, published 10 years ago, established itself as the primary reference for technology product managers and can be found on the shelves of nearly every successful technology product company worldwide. This thoroughly updated second edition shares the same objective of being the most valuable resource for technology product managers, yet it is completely new - sharing the latest practices and techniques of today's most successful tech product companies and the men and women behind every great product.

©2018 Wiley (P)2018 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Marty Cagan
Author: Marty Cagan
Length: 7 hrs and 45 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Rich Girl Poor Girl

Rich Girl Poor Girl

2 ratings

Summary

Pam Sowder needed to bring in extra money for her family but struggled to find a solution that would give her the flexibility that she needed to continue to be an active and present mother. Once she discovered the industry of direct sales, her life changed! No one thought she would succeed, including herself. But, she worked through her doubt and discomfort to create a multimillion-dollar business! Several decades later, Pam has touched hundreds of thousands of people globally. With this book, she shares her wisdom on how you too can go from wanting to earn an extra hundred dollars monthly to millions.   In this book, you will learn how to:   Find your why Create your dream day  Get rid of your internal bully Change your money mindset Get out of your own way Let go of the cursed how  And much, much more Rich Girl Poor Girl shows you that no obstacle is too difficult to overcome and that the game of direct sales can be won by anyone, from anywhere.

©2021 Pam Sowder (P)2021 Pam Sowder

Narrator: Pam Sowder
Author: Pam Sowder
Length: 4 hrs and 5 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for FREE

FREE

Summary

Author's Note: Get the point in half the time! In this abridged edition, the author handpicked the most important and engaging chapters and points, cutting three hours from the length without losing key concepts. Time is money! The New York Times best-selling author heralds the future of business in Free. In his revolutionary best seller, The Long Tail, Chris Anderson demonstrated how the online marketplace creates niche markets, allowing products and consumers to connect in a way that has never been possible before. Now, in Free, he makes the compelling case that, in many instances, businesses can profit more from giving things away than they can by charging for them. Far more than a promotional gimmick, Free is a business strategy that may well be essential to a company's survival. The costs associated with the growing online economy are trending toward zero at an incredible rate. Never in the course of human history have the primary inputs to an industrial economy fallen in price so fast and for so long. Just think that in 1961 a single transistor cost $10; now Intel's latest chip has two billion transistors and sells for $300 (or 0.000015 cents per transistor - effectively too cheap to price). The traditional economics of scarcity just don't apply to bandwidth, processing power, and hard-drive storage. Yet this is just one engine behind the new Free, a reality that goes beyond a marketing gimmick or a cross-subsidy. Anderson also points to the growth of the reputation economy; explains different models for unleashing the power of Free; and shows how to compete when your competitors are giving away what you're trying to sell. In Free, Chris Anderson explores this radical idea for the new global economy and demonstrates how this revolutionary price can be harnessed for the benefit of consumers and businesses alike.

©2009 Chris Anderson (P)2009 Hyperion

Narrator: Chris Anderson
Length: 3 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Blue Ocean Strategy, Expanded Edition

Blue Ocean Strategy, Expanded Edition

4 ratings

Summary

In this perennial best seller, embraced by organizations and industries worldwide, globally preeminent management thinkers W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne challenge everything you thought you knew about the requirements for strategic success. Recognized as one of the most iconic and impactful strategy books ever written, Blue Ocean Strategy, now updated with fresh content from the authors, argues that cutthroat competition results in nothing but a bloody red ocean of rivals fighting over a shrinking profit pool. Based on a study of 150 strategic moves (spanning more than 100 years across 30 industries), the authors argue that lasting success comes not from battling competitors but from creating "blue oceans" - untapped new market spaces ripe for growth.  Blue Ocean Strategy presents a systematic approach to making the competition irrelevant and outlines principles and tools any organization can use to create and capture their own blue oceans. This expanded edition includes: a new preface by the authors: "Help! My Ocean Is Turning Red"; updates on all cases and examples in the book; and two new chapters and an expanded third one - "Alignment, Renewal, and Red Ocean Traps" - that address some of the most pressing questions listeners and readers have asked over the years.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.  

©2015 Harvard Business Publishing Corporation (P)2020 Gildan Media

Narrator: Roger Wayne
Length: 8 hrs and 43 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of Social Enterprise

The Art of Social Enterprise

Summary

The current business-for-profit model rewards short-term thinking, narrow self-interest, and a social-and-environmental-costs-be-damned attitude. Nonprofits, while more focused on the greater good, tend to be inherently resource-challenged and rely on increasingly scarce grants and donations to sustain their existence. Social enterprise is an exciting, blended model driven by the desire to create positive change through entrepreneurial activities. The Art of Social Enterprise is a practical guide that supplies everything you need to know about the mechanics of social entrepreneurship including: Startup-envisioning and manifesting intention Strategic planning-balancing social and monetary value Maintaining an even keel despite the inevitable challenges associated with being an entrepreneur This valuable resource also provides an unparalleled legal perspective to help you take advantage of established legal organizational forms, recent statutory creations, contract hybrids, certification programs and more. Aimed at emerging as well as established social entrepreneurs, for-profit leaders who want to introduce an element of social responsibility into their companies, and nonprofit organizations who want to increase their stability by generating income, The Art of Social Enterprise is the definitive guide to doing well while doing good. * Be sure to download the PDF that accompanies this audiobook. Carl Frankel has been writing about green business for over two decades and is a serial social entrepreneur and acknowledged thought leader in his own right. He has extensive experience consulting for for-profits, nonprofits, and social enterprises. Allen Bromberger is the leading social enterprise lawyer in North America. Over the years, he has advised thousands of social entrepreneurs: his expertise is as broad as it is deep and specialized.

©2013 Carl Frankel & Allen Bromberger (P)2014 Post Hypnotic Press Inc.

Narrator: David Skulski
Length: 6 hrs and 27 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Creativity, Inc.

Creativity, Inc.

276 ratings

Summary

From a cofounder of Pixar Animation Studios - the Academy Award-winning studio behind Coco, Inside Out, and Toy Story - comes an incisive book about creativity in business and leadership for readers of Daniel Pink, Tom Peters, and Chip and Dan Heath.  New York Times best seller Named one of the best books of the year by The Huffington Post • Financial Times • Success • Inc. • Library Journal Creativity, Inc. is a manual for anyone who strives for originality and the first-ever all-access trip into the nerve center of Pixar Animation - into the meetings, postmortems, and “Braintrust” sessions where some of the most successful films in history are made. It is, at heart, a book about creativity - but it is also, as Pixar cofounder and president Ed Catmull writes, “an expression of the ideas that I believe make the best in us possible”. For nearly 20 years, Pixar has dominated the world of animation, producing such beloved films as the Toy Story trilogy, Monsters, Inc., Finding Nemo, The Incredibles, Up, WALL-E, and Inside Out, which have gone on to set box-office records and garner 30 Academy Awards. The joyousness of the storytelling, the inventive plots, the emotional authenticity: In some ways, Pixar movies are an object lesson in what creativity really is. Here, in this book, Catmull reveals the ideals and techniques that have made Pixar so widely admired - and so profitable.    As a young man, Ed Catmull had a dream: to make the first computer-animated movie. He nurtured that dream as a PhD student at the University of Utah, where many computer science pioneers got their start, and then forged a partnership with George Lucas that led, indirectly, to his cofounding Pixar in 1986. Nine years later, Toy Story was released, changing animation forever. The essential ingredient in that movie’s success - and in the 13 movies that followed - was the unique environment that Catmull and his colleagues built at Pixar, based on leadership and management philosophies that protect the creative process and defy convention, such as: Give a good idea to a mediocre team, and they will screw it up. But give a mediocre idea to a great team, and they will either fix it or come up with something better. If you don’t strive to uncover what is unseen and understand its nature, you will be ill prepared to lead. It’s not the manager’s job to prevent risks. It’s the manager’s job to make it safe for others to take them. The cost of preventing errors is often far greater than the cost of fixing them. A company’s communication structure should not mirror its organizational structure. Everybody should be able to talk to anybody.

©2014 Ed Catmull and Amy Wallace (P)2014 Random House Audio

Length: 12 hrs and 52 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Dotcom Millionaire: Expert Secrets to Start Your Online Business for Beginners

Dotcom Millionaire: Expert Secrets to Start Your Online Business for Beginners

1 rating

Summary

Are you unsatisfied with your website's traffic? Do you want superior conversions with your existing traffic? Increasing traffic and improving conversion is easier said than done; however, with our sales scripts and expert marketing funnel strategy you will be well on your way to becoming a DotCom Millionaire!

©2018 Adam Cook Writing LLC (P)2018 Adam Cook Writing LLC

Narrator: Robert Hall
Length: 1 hr and 7 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Richest Man in Babylon

The Richest Man in Babylon

Summary

The Richest Man in Babylon, based on “Babylonian parables”, has been hailed as the greatest of all inspirational works on the subject of thrift, financial planning, and personal wealth. In simple language, these fascinating and informative stories set you on a sure path to prosperity and its accompanying joys. A celebrated best seller, it offers an understanding and a solution to your personal financial problem. Revealed inside are the secrets to acquiring money, keeping money, and making money earn more money. Before The Greatest Salesman in the World, The Richest Man in Babylon, and Acres of Diamonds, The Magic Story captured the imagination of people worldwide, inspiring them to reach for ever-greater levels of success. Since its first publication, this timeless parable has sold tens of millions of copies.

©2021 Clason (P)2021 Clason

Available on Audible
Cover art for Maximum Achievement

Maximum Achievement

35 ratings

Summary

Brian Tracy, the world's leading authority on success and personal achievement, gives you his proven principles and step-by-step tips for raising your self-esteem and improving your life. This audiobook is based on his seminar program that has dramatically improved the income and lives of over one million graduates. It is based on proven principles drawn from psychology, religion, philosophy, business, economics, politics, history, and metaphysics. These ideas are combined in a fast-moving, informative series of steps that will lead you to greater success than you ever imagined possible. You'll hear about ideas, concepts, and methods used by high-achieving people in every field everywhere. Using his powerful, proven system...based on years of research and practice, you'll build self-confidence and self-esteem, set and achieve all your major goals, increase your income, and take complete control of your life as you unlock your full potential. You will become more positive, persuasive, and powerfully focused in everything you do and improve every area of your life. You'll achieve more in the next two years than many people accomplish in a lifetime. When you begin to practice these powerful principles in your life, you'll be happier, healthier, more fulfilled, and earning more than you may have ever thought. (Most of this title was previously published under Personal Success Made Simple.)

©1995 Brian Tracy (P)2017 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Brian Tracy
Author: Brian Tracy
Length: 13 hrs and 25 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Four Obsessions of an Extraordinary Executive

The Four Obsessions of an Extraordinary Executive

27 ratings

Summary

As CEO, most everything that Rich O'Connor did had something to do with at least one of the four disciplines on his famed "yellow sheet." Some of the firm's executives joked that he was obsessed with it. Interestingly, only a handful of people actually knew what was on that sheet, and so it remained something of a mystery. Which was okay with Rich, because no one really needed to understand it, other than him. He certainly never suspected that it would become the blueprint of an employee's plan to destroy the firm.In this stunning follow-up to his best-selling book, The Five Temptations of a CEO, Patrick Lencioni offers up another leadership fable that's every bit as compelling and illuminating as its predecessor. This time, Lencioni's focus is on a leader's crucial role in building a healthy organization - an often overlooked but essential element of business life that is the linchpin of sustained success. Listeners are treated to a story of corporate intrigue as Rich O'Connor, fictional CEO of technology consulting company Telegraph Partners, faces a leadership challenge so great that it threatens to topple his company, his career and everything he holds true about what makes a leader. In the story's telling, Lencioni deftly helps his readers understand the disarming simplicity and power of creating a healthy organization, and reveals four key disciplines that they can follow to achieve it. Once again, Lencioni delivers an utterly gripping tale with a powerful and memorable message for all who strive to be extraordinary leaders. The Four Obsessions of an Extraordinary Executive is also available in print from Wiley.

©2002 Patrick Lencioni (P)2002 Random House Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Sales Management. Simplified

Sales Management. Simplified

44 ratings

Summary

Because managing sales doesn't have to be so complicated. Why do sales organizations fall short? Every day expert consultants like Mike Weinberg are called on by companies large and small to find the answer - and it's one that may surprise you. Typically the issue lies not with the sales team - but with how it is being led. Through their attitude and actions, senior executives and sales managers unknowingly undermine performance. In Sales Management. Simplified. Weinberg tells it straight, calling out the problems plaguing sales forces and the costly mistakes made by even the best-intentioned sales managers. The good news: With the right guidance, results can be transformed. Blending blunt, practical advice with funny stories from the field, this book helps you: Implement a simple framework for sales leadership Foster a healthy, high-performance sales culture Conduct productive meetings Create a killer compensation plan Put the right people in the right roles Coach for success Retain top producers and remediate underperformers Point salespeople at the proper targets Sharpen your sales story Regain control of your calendar And more Long on solutions and short on platitudes, Sales Management. Simplified. delivers the tools you need to succeed.

©2015 Mike Weinberg (P)2015 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: L. J. Ganser
Length: 6 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Wealth Exposed

Wealth Exposed

4 ratings

Summary

Can a short 18-minute conversation I overheard from a millionaire make you a fortune? It did for me. And it can do the same for you. Go back to 1996 and eavesdrop on the tense 18-minute argument I unwittingly heard. An altercation between two friends. One living a dream. The other faking it. Listen in on the powerful conversation that changed the trajectory of my life and ultimately made me a millionaire - many times over. Delivered in a raw narrative form, step into my shoes as a depressed limousine driver and five-time failed entrepreneur. Witness the argument as I did, an argument that exposed wealth's guiding first principles. A poignant story of sacrifice, immutable regret, and life-changing insight...a transcendent tale relevant in any year, any economy, or any country. Discover the right questions and you'll discover the right answers - answers that will set you free. Based on a true story.

©2020 Viperion Corporation (P)2020 Viperion Corporation

Narrator: MJ DeMarco
Author: MJ DeMarco
Length: 1 hr and 6 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Eat That Frog!

Eat That Frog!

19 ratings

Summary

It’s time to stop procrastinating and get more of the important things done! After all, successful people don’t try to do everything. They focus on their most important tasks and get those done. They eat their frogs. There’s an old saying that if the first thing you do each morning is eat a live frog, you’ll have the satisfaction of knowing you’re done with the worst thing you’ll have to do all day. For Tracy, eating a frog is a metaphor for tackling your most challenging task - but also the one that can have the greatest positive impact on your life. Eat That Frog! shows you how to organize each day so you can zero in on these critical tasks and accomplish them efficiently and effectively. The core of what is vital to effective time management is: decision, discipline, and determination. And in this fully revised and updated edition, Tracy adds two new chapters. The first explains how you can use technology to remind yourself of what is most important and protect yourself from what is least important. The second offers advice for maintaining focus in our era of constant distractions, electronic and otherwise. This life-changing book will ensure that you get more of your important tasks done today.

©2017 Brian Tracy (P)2017 Brian Tracy

Narrator: Brian Tracy
Author: Brian Tracy
Length: 2 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Ideal Team Player

The Ideal Team Player

172 ratings

Summary

In his classic book The Five Dysfunctions of a Team, Patrick Lencioni laid out a groundbreaking approach for tackling the perilous group behaviors that destroy teamwork. Here he turns his focus to the individual, revealing the three indispensable virtues of an ideal team player. In The Ideal Team Player, Lencioni tells the story of Jeff Shanley, a leader desperate to save his uncle's company by restoring its cultural commitment to teamwork. Jeff must crack the code on the virtues that real team players possess and then build a culture of hiring and development around those virtues. Beyond the fable, Lencioni presents a practical framework and actionable tools for identifying, hiring, and developing ideal team players. Whether you're a leader trying to create a culture around teamwork, a staffing professional looking to hire real team players, or a team player wanting to improve yourself, this book will prove to be as useful as it is compelling.

©2016 Patrick Lencioni (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Stephen Hoye
Length: 5 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Backable

Backable

1 rating

Summary

A groundbreaking book that boldly claims the key to success in business is not talent, connections, or ideas, but the ability to persuade people to take a chance on potential. No one ever makes it alone. But how come some people can get investors to believe in their ideas while others - sometimes with even better ideas - fall flat? What is it about certain people that make us want to take a bet on them? What is it that makes them backable? As it turns out, it's not what you think. Backability is not driven by having the best experience, the finest pedigree, or the most innovative ideas. In fact, many highly successful people are backed long before they are qualified. We tend to view these people as lucky. But the decision to back them is neither an accident nor a mistake and rarely the result of good luck. Drawing from his own business experience, countless interviews with some of tech's biggest innovators, and compelling case studies of classic success stories like Howard Schultz and Elon Musk, Gupta breaks down the six qualities of backable people who get others to take a bet on them. Backable pulls back the curtain on the illusive X factor that some people just seem to have and instead offers concrete tools like crafting the right pitch and appropriately scaling a project's vision. Anyone from aspiring entrepreneurs to start-up stars can master these skills and jump-start their next big idea.

©2021 Suneel Gupta (P)2021 Little, Brown & Company

Available on Audible
Cover art for Working Backwards

Working Backwards

4 ratings

Summary

This program includes a preface read by the authors. Working Backwards is an insider's breakdown of Amazon's approach to culture, leadership, and best practices from two longtime, top-level Amazon executives. Colin started at Amazon in 1998; Bill joined in 1999. In Working Backwards, these two long-serving Amazon executives reveal and codify the principles and practices that drive the success of one of the most extraordinary companies the world has ever known. With 27 years of Amazon experience between them, much of it in the early aughts - a period of unmatched innovation that brought products and services including Kindle, Amazon Prime, Amazon Studios, and Amazon Web Services to life - Bryar and Carr offer unprecedented access to the Amazon way as it was refined, articulated, and proven to be repeatable, scalable, and adaptable. With keen analysis and practical steps for applying it at your own company - no matter the size - the authors illuminate how Amazon’s 14 leadership principles inform decision-making at all levels and reveal how the company’s culture has been defined by four characteristics: customer obsession, long-term thinking, eagerness to invent, and operational excellence. Bryar and Carr explain the set of ground-level practices that ensure these are translated into action and flow through all aspects of the business. Working Backwards is a practical guidebook and a corporate narrative, filled with the authors’ in-the-room recollections of what “Being Amazonian” is like and how it has affected their personal and professional lives. They demonstrate that success on Amazon’s scale is not achieved by the genius of any single leader, but rather through commitment to and execution of a set of well-defined, rigorously executed principles and practices - shared here for the very first time.  A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2021 Colin Bryar and Bill Carr (P)2021 Macmillan Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Mach2

Mach2

73 ratings

Summary

New owner's manual for success! Rewrite the story of your life. How many times have you replayed the disappointing or hurtful moments from your life over and over in your head? Has it shaped who you are? Do you believe your own negative self-chatter? Do you think success is only for the lucky, educated, or connected? Do you long for something you believe you'll never have? If there's one book that will shift that for you, this is it. Richard Bliss Brooke, who went from chicken chopper to CEO to multimillionaire, is for anyone who wants to fall in love with the pursuit of his or her dreams. It can help you rewrite the story of your life with powerful results. Richard will coach you through the secret that every successful person shares. Best of all, he'll teach you how to think like a successful person and create a vision - a mindset and expectation that serves your core values and life purpose. Break through to the real you: uncover the four greatest lies of success, exercises to help you create your vision, discover how to act powerfully and attract powerfully, daily ways to make your vision vivid, clear and powerfully imprinted, step-by-step guide on how to break through your self-imposed limitations and program your subconscious mind to expect success.

©2016 Richard Bliss Brooke (P)2017 Richard Bliss Brooke

Available on Audible
Cover art for WFH (Working From Home)

WFH (Working From Home)

Summary

The no bullsh*t guide to getting your work and life on track in the new flexible workplace. Virtually every industry is making lasting changes that will open doors to a more flexible working week. So how do we adjust, thrive and excel in an environment where glitchy daily video conferences are the norm? By turns fierce, funny and highly practical, Harriet Minter will show you the skills to be effective and creative during the day-to-day. Harriet breaks down how to be an inspiring and energising manager (either remotely or to a flexibly working team), how to create and thrive in a high-trust culture (on a small and large scale) and most importantly how to achieve your ambition and propel your career forwards. Packed full of hard-won tricks, tips and tools, Harriet Minter draws on her own experience as a careers coach and adviser to companies on their flexible working culture to help you bring your best self to work - from your living room.

©2021 Harriet Minter (P)2021 Quercus Editions Limited

Length: 6 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Difficult Conversations

Difficult Conversations

45 ratings

Summary

Dealing with your ex-husband, who can't seem to show up reliably for weekends with the kids; navigating a workplace fraught with office politics or racial tensions; saying "I'm sorry" or "I love you." We all have difficult conversations, no matter how confident or competent we are. And too often, no matter what we try, things don't go well. Should you say what you're thinking and risk starting a fight? Swallow your views and feel like a doormat? Or should you let them have it? But - what if you're wrong? Difficult Conversations shows you a way out of this dilemma; it teaches you how to handle even the toughest conversations more effectively and with less anxiety. Based on 15 years of work at Harvard Negotiation Project and consultations with thousands of people, the authors answer the question: When people confront the conversations they dread the most, what works? Difficult Conversations walks you through a proven, concrete, step-by-step approach for understanding and conducting tough conversations. It shows you how to get ready, how to start the conversations in ways that reduce defensiveness, and how to keep the conversation on a constructive track regardless of how the other person responds. Whether you're dealing with your baby-sitter or biggest client, your boss or your brother-in-law, Difficult Conversations can help.

©1999 Douglas Stone, Bruce Patton, and Sheila Heen (P)1999 Random House, Inc., All Rights Reserved

Available on Audible
Cover art for Producing Empathy

Producing Empathy

Summary

Johnston is widely known as a pioneer in the invention, system, and science of viral video. In this book he reveals for the first time the secrets behind 10 billion plus video views online. Secrets discovered from years as a top producer and video executive at NowThis, Business Insider, New York Magazine, and more. Do you want your videos to go viral online? And get mass attention to you, your business, or both? You could buy a $1,000 video course that may or may not deliver...or you could buy this book for 98 percent less - and get an even better result. In Producing Empathy you will learn: Matt's exclusive, plug-and-play HERO system to create repeatable viral video online (the system behind 10 billion views) Over 50 hacks to create massively shareable video content with no prior experience A battle-tested methodology for writing social video scripts optimized for virality A domination guide for creating a video strategy that builds massive awareness and revenue for your brand An exclusive chapter on how to perform on camera, with a foolproof methodology anyone can use and instantly perform better

©2020 Matt Johnston (P)2020 Matt Johnston

Narrator: Matt Johnston
Length: 2 hrs and 23 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Mindset: The New Psychology of Success by Carol Dweck: An Action Steps Summary and Analysis

Mindset: The New Psychology of Success by Carol Dweck: An Action Steps Summary and Analysis

6 ratings

Summary

Your Quick and Simple Summary and Analysis of Mindset: The New Psychology of Success by Carol Dweck, PhD. Inside, you'll find: An introduction to Dweck's main concepts A 30-second summary of the entire book Time-saving chapter summaries Discussion questions and commentary A guide to additional resources About Mindset: The New Psychology of Success: No two people think alike. Some of us are optimists by nature; others are pessimists. Some are unfailingly happy and outgoing while others may seem depressed and shy. Philosophers, psychiatrists, psychologists, and a wide range of scientists have been working for centuries to shed light on why we are the way we are. In modern times, Dr. Carol Dweck is one of the most influential scientific minds when it comes to human thought. Her work over many decades has led to what she calls "mindset theory" - that all people have either a fixed mindset or a growth mindset. Her book, Mindset: The New Psychology of Success, explores what it means to have either a fixed or growth mindset; how your mindset affects your work, relationships, and success in general; whether organizations can also be said to have mindsets; and how you can change your mindset if you don't like your current one. Please note that this summary is NOT the original book and is meant to be heard as a supplement to the original. About SpeedReader Summaries Thanks so much for your interest in SpeedReader Summaries! We strive to save what is your most precious and limited resource: time.

©2015 SpeedReader Summaries (P)2016 SpeedReader Summaries

Available on Audible
Cover art for Principles of Product Design

Principles of Product Design

Summary

Combined with the power of design thinking, these extensively researched best practices from some of the world's best design teams will help you nail the fundamentals of product design and do great work.  This book includes:  Learn what the best teams know - that customer research is the base of successful products and companies  How product stories, journey maps, storyboards, and personas can build empathy and understanding  Hear how sketching helps designers and stakeholders find solutions together without getting lost in details  How design reviews, retrospectives, standups, and more can help create a culture of feedback  Using prototypes to collect feedback and make tweaks before development  Improve your process by bridging gaps between design, engineering, and product  Stepping away from your work to build partnerships will transform your design process

©2019 Aarron Walter (P)2019 Aarron Walter

Narrator: Joey Schaljo
Length: 1 hr and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Coach the Person, Not the Problem

Coach the Person, Not the Problem

4 ratings

Summary

From a founding member of the coaching movement comes a detailed guide to mastering one of a coach’s toughest skills: thoughtfully reflecting clients’ words and expressions back to them so they see themselves and their world through new eyes. “Coaches rely far too much on asking open-ended questions,” says Marcia Reynolds. But questions only seek answers — inquiry provides insight. When, instead of just questions, clients hear their thoughts, opinions, and beliefs spoken by someone else, it prompts them to critically consider how their thinking affects their goals. Reynolds cites the latest brain science to show why reflective inquiry works and provides techniques, tips, and structures for creating breakthrough conversations.  This book will free coaches from the cult of asking the magical question by offering five essential practices of reflective inquiry: Focus on the person, not the problem; summarize what is heard and expressed; identify underlying beliefs and assumptions; unwrap the desired outcome; and articulate insights and commitments. Using these practices, combined with a respectful and caring presence, helps create a space where clients feel safe, seen, and valued for who they are. Coaches become change agents who actively recharge the human spirit. And clients naturally dive deeper and develop personalized solutions that may surprise even the coach.

©2020 Marcia Reynolds (P)2020 Marcia Reynolds

Length: 5 hrs and 13 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for She Means Business

She Means Business

34 ratings

Summary

Are you ready to turn your ideas into reality and build a wildly successful business? There has never been a better time to say yes! With a computer and an Internet connection, you can get your ideas, messages, and business out there like never before and create so much success. In this book Carrie Green shows you how. Carrie started her first online business at the age of 20. She knows what it's like to be an ambitious and creative woman with big dreams and huge determination...but she also knows the challenges of starting and running a business, including the fears, confusion, and blocks that entrepreneurs face. Based on her personal, tried-and-tested experience, she offers valuable guidance and powerful exercises to help you: Get clear on your business vision Move past the fears and doubts that can get in the way Understand your audience, so you can truly connect with them Create your brand and build a tribe of raving fans, subscribers, and customers Manage your time, maintain focus, and keep going in the right direction Condition yourself for success And so much more! If you're a creative and ambitious female entrepreneur or are contemplating the entrepreneurial path, this book will provide the honest, realistic, and practical tools you need to follow your heart and bring your vision to life.

©2017 Hay House (P)2017 Hay House

Narrator: Carrie Green
Author: Carrie Green
Length: 5 hrs and 35 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Art of Startup Fundraising

The Art of Startup Fundraising

10 ratings

Summary

Startup money is moving online, and this guide shows you how it works. The Art of Startup Fundraising takes a fresh look at raising money for startups, with a focus on the changing face of startup finance. New regulations are making the old go-to advice less relevant, as startup money is increasingly moving online. These new waters are all but uncharted - and founders need an accessible guide. This book helps you navigate the online world of startup fundraising with easy-to-follow explanations and expert perspective on the new digital world of finance. You'll find tips and tricks on raising money and investing in startups from early stage to growth stage, and develop a clear strategy based on the new realities surrounding today's startup landscape. The finance world is in a massive state of flux. Changes are occurring at an increasing pace in all sectors, but few more intensely than the startup sphere. When the paradigm changes, your processes must change with it. This book shows you how startup funding works, with expert coaching toward the new rules on the field. Learn how the JOBS Act impacts the fundraising model Gain insight on startups from early stage to growth stage Find the money you need to get your venture going Craft your pitch and optimize the strategy Build momentum Identify the right investors Avoid the common mistakes Don't rely on the "how we did it" tales from superstar startups, as these stories are unique and applied to exceptional scenarios. The game has changed, and playing by the old rules only gets you left behind. Whether you're founding a startup or looking to invest, The Art of Startup Fundraising provides the up-to-the-minute guidance you need.

©2016 Alejandro Cremades (P)2016 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Deep D.O.S. Innovation

Deep D.O.S. Innovation

Summary

Each of us has our own set of dangers (things we’re afraid of losing), opportunities (the possibility of gaining something), and strengths (our unique skills and experience). I call these our “D.O.S.” issues, and I’ll show you how to use them every day as your key to never-ending growth.  This also gives you a repeatable way to gain insight into what matters most to your clients and prospects and cultivate a growth-focused relationship with them. By having a “D.O.S. conversation” with your clients that illuminates their personal dangers, opportunities, and strengths, you make yourself an invaluable part of their future and make your product-focused competitors seem irrelevant.

©2020 Dan Sullivan and The Strategic Coach, Inc (P)2020 Dan Sullivan and The Strategic Coach, Inc

Narrator: Dan Sullivan
Author: Dan Sullivan
Length: 1 hr and 51 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Effective Executive

The Effective Executive

Summary

Das unverzichtbare Handbuch für den Manager. Viele Managementbücher handeln davon, andere zu führen. Thema dieses Hörbuches ist dagegen die Frage, wie man sich selbst führen kann, um wirksamer und zielgerichteter zu arbeiten. The Effective Executive gehört zu den wichtigsten Werken von Peter F. Drucker, dem "Vater des modernen Managements". In gewisser Weise ist es sogar das wichtigste der mehr als 40 Bücher, die er in seinem Leben schrieb. Denn dieses Buch enthält die auch heute noch gültigen Antworten auf die Fragen:  Wie werde ich effektiv? Was muss ich wissen und tun, um in einer Organisation Ergebnisse zu erzielen und damit erfolgreich zu sein?  Effektivitätsmängel sind die häufigste Ursache für das Scheitern von Führungskräften und auch für die so weit verbreitete Umsetzungsschwäche von Organisationen. Die Fähigkeit effektiv und effizient zu sein ist für praktisch jedermann nötig, damit er oder sie in einer Organisation überhaupt angestellt werden kann. Um effektiv zu sein, reichen Intelligenz, Fleiß und Wissen allein nicht aus. Effektivität ist eine andere, eine eigene Qualität. In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie, wie man seine eigenen Stärken in Leistung umwandelt und dadurch Erfolg hat sowie Sinn und Erfüllung findet. Dieses Buch erschien im englischen Original unter dem Titel The Effective Executive. The Definitive Guide to Getting the Right Things Done.

©1996 / 2014 The Peter F. Drucker Literacy Works Trust / Verlag Franz Vahlen GmbH. Übersetzung von Katrin Klein (P)2018 ABP Verlag

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Making of a Manager

The Making of a Manager

66 ratings

Summary

Congratulations, you're a manager! After you pop the champagne, accept the shiny new title, and step into this thrilling next chapter of your career, the truth descends like a fog: You don't really know what you're doing. That's exactly how Julie Zhuo felt when she became a rookie manager at the age of 25. She stared at a long list of logistics - from hiring to firing, from meeting to messaging, from planning to pitching - and faced a thousand questions and uncertainties. How was she supposed to spin teamwork into value? How could she be a good steward of her reports' careers? What was the secret to leading with confidence in new and unexpected situations? Now, having managed dozens of teams spanning tens to hundreds of people, Julie knows the most important lesson of all: Great managers are made, not born. If you care enough to be reading this, then you care enough to be a great manager.  The Making of a Manager is a modern field guide packed with everyday examples and transformative insights, including: How to tell a great manager from an average manager When you should look past an awkward interview and hire someone anyway How to build trust with your reports through not being a boss Where to look when you lose faith and lack the answers Whether you're new to the job, a veteran leader, or looking to be promoted, this is the handbook you need to be the kind of manager you wish you had.

©2019 Julie Zhuo (P)2019 Penguin Audio

Author: Julie Zhuo
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Who Not How

Who Not How

35 ratings

Summary

The world's foremost entrepreneurial coach shows you how to make a mindset shift that opens the door to explosive growth and limitless possibility - in your business and your life. Have you ever had a new idea or a goal that excites you...but not enough time to execute it? What about a goal you really want to accomplish...but can't because instead of taking action, you procrastinate? Do you feel like the only way things are going to get done is if you do them? But what if it wasn't that way? What if you had a team of people around you that helped you accomplish your goals (while you helped them accomplish theirs)? When we want something done, we've been trained to ask ourselves: "How can I do this?" Well, there is a better question to ask. One that unlocks a whole new world of ease and accomplishment. Expert coach Dan Sullivan knows the question we should ask instead: "Who can do this for me?" This may seem simple. And it is. But don't let the lack of complexity fool you. By mastering this question, you will quickly learn how billionaires and successful entrepreneurs like Dan build incredible businesses and personal freedom. This audiobook will teach you how to make this essential paradigm-shift so you can: Build a successful business effectively while not killing yourself Immediately free-up 1,000+ hours of work that you shouldn't be doing anyway Bypass the typical scarcity and decline of aging and other societal norms Increase your vision in all areas of life and build teams of WHOs to support you in that vision Never be limited in your goals and ambitions again Expand your abundance of wealth, innovation, relationships, and joy Build a life where everything you do is your choice - how you spend your time, how much money you make, the quality of your relationships, and the type of work you do Making this shift involves retraining your brain to stop limiting your potential based on what you solely can do and instead focus on the nearly infinite and endless connections between yourself and other people as well as the limitless transformation possible through those connections.

©2020 Hay House (P)2020 Hay House

Available on Audible
Cover art for Enterprise Design Sprints

Enterprise Design Sprints

Summary

Design sprints provide a problem-solving framework to get answers quickly and effectively. Learn to run sprints in any organization to reduce politics, increase collaboration, and put the focus on outcomes.  This book includes:  Discover the five phases of every sprint Understand, Diverge, Converge, Build, and Test  Learn when to sprint and how to apply the flexible framework in any scenario  Getting executive buy-in and helping internal influencers understand how sprints fit in  How to plan your sprint: who to invite, consult, where to host, and what to bring - with tips for remote teams  Practical, real-world tested exercises, with a step-by-step sprint guide for teams of any size  The process for collecting insights, compiling notes, and capturing data for your next steps

©2019 Richard Banfield (P)2019 Richard Banfield

Narrator: Joey Schaljo
Length: 2 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Lost and Founder

Lost and Founder

54 ratings

Summary

Rand Fishkin, the founder and former CEO of Moz, reveals how traditional Silicon Valley "wisdom" leads far too many startups astray, with the transparency and humor that his hundreds of thousands of blog readers have come to love.  Everyone knows how a startup story is supposed to go: A young, brilliant entrepreneur has a cool idea, drops out of college, defies the doubters, overcomes all odds, makes billions, and becomes the envy of the technology world.   This is not that story.   It's not that things went badly for Rand Fishkin; they just weren't quite so Zuckerberg-esque. His company, Moz, maker of marketing software, is now a $45 million/year business, and he's one of the world's leading experts on SEO. But his business and reputation took 15 years to grow, and his startup began not in a Harvard dorm room but as a mother-and-son family business that fell deeply into debt.   Now Fishkin pulls back the curtain on tech startup mythology, exposing the ups and downs of startup life that most CEOs would rather keep secret. For instance: A minimally viable product can be destructive if you launch at the wrong moment. Growth hacking may be the buzzword du jour, but initiatives can fizzle quickly. Revenue and growth won't protect you from layoffs. And venture capital always comes with strings attached.   Fishkin's hard-won lessons are applicable to any kind of business environment. Up or down the chain of command, at both early stage startups and mature companies, whether your trajectory is riding high or down in the dumps: this audiobook can help solve your problems, and make you feel less alone for having them.

©2018 Rand Fishkin (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Rand Fishkin
Author: Rand Fishkin
Length: 9 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Platform Revolution

Platform Revolution

29 ratings

Summary

An inside look at the revolutionary business power of the platform - from the experts who helped discover how it works. Facebook, PayPal, Alibaba, Uber - these seemingly disparate companies have upended entire industries by harnessing a single phenomenon: the platform business model. Platform Revolution delivers the first comprehensive analysis of how platforms use technology to match producers and consumers in a multisided marketplace, unlocking hidden resources and creating new forms of value. When a company like Uber connects drivers with passengers, everybody wins - except traditional cab companies, which are scrambling to survive. Assumptions about operations, finance, strategy, and innovation all change. Platform Revolution explores the what, how, and why of this revolution and provides the first "owner's manual" for creating a platform marketplace. Revealing the strategies behind some of today's rising platforms, the authors explain how entrepreneurs - and traditional companies - can thrive in this new world. In cases as diverse as shoes, spices, dating, energy, home appliances, and education, Platform Revolution provides the essential guide to unlocking the potential of an economic landscape transformed. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2016 Geoffrey G. Parker, Marshall W. Van Alstyne, and Sangeet Paul Choudary. (P)2016 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Rise of the Filmtrepreneur

Rise of the Filmtrepreneur

5 ratings

Summary

It’s harder today than ever before for independent filmmakers to make money with their films. From predatory film distributors ripping them off to huckster film aggregators who prey upon them, the odds are stacked against the indie filmmaker.  The old distribution model for making money with your film is broken, and there needs to be a change. The future of independent filmmaking is the entrepreneurial filmmaker or Filmtrepreneur®.  In Rise of the Filmtrepreneur, author Alex Ferrari breaks down how to actually make money with your film projects and show you how to turn your indie film into a profitable business.  With case studies examining success and failures, this audiobook shows you the step-by-step method to turn your passion into a profitable career. If you are making a feature film, series, or any kind of video content, the Filmtrepreneur® method will set you up for success.

©2019 Alex Ferrari (P)2019 Alex Ferrari

Narrator: Alex Ferrari
Author: Alex Ferrari
Length: 4 hrs and 53 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Creating a Business Plan for Dummies

Creating a Business Plan for Dummies

1 rating

Summary

Everything you need to know to design a profitable business plan Whether you're starting a new business or you've been trading for a while, Creating a Business Plan for Dummies covers everything you need to know. Figure out whether your business idea is likely to work, how to identify your strategic advantage, and what you can do to gain an edge on the competition. Discover why a business plan doesn't have to be a 30-page document that takes days to write, but can be a simple process that you do in stages as you work through your business concept. Learn how to prepare an elevator pitch, create a start-up budget, and create realistic sales projections. Discover how to predict and manage expenses, and assemble a financial forecast that enables you to calculate your break-even. Look at the risk involved in this business and experiment with different scenarios to see if you're on the right track. A good business plan is the first step to success for any new business, and getting it right can mean the difference between big profits and big trouble. Creating a Business Plan for Dummies gives you the detailed advice you need to design a great business plan that will guide your business from concept to reality.

©2014 Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd. (P)2019 Tantor

Narrator: Cat Gould
Length: 11 hrs and 34 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How To Instantly Connect With Anyone

How To Instantly Connect With Anyone

Summary

You know who they are. They're the people who, regardless of money, education, looks, or personality, make an impression wherever they go. They are master communicators, and everyone enjoys talking to them. "How To Instantly Connect With Anyone" shows you how to be one of those lucky few, so you, too, can meet new people and converse with confidence; be credible and charismatic in every social and business situation; make friends and important contacts wherever you go; and command the respect of everyone you meet.

©2009 Leil Lowndes (P)2009 Listen & Live Audio, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Purple Cow, New Edition

Purple Cow, New Edition

4 ratings

Summary

The cult classic that revolutionized marketing by teaching businesses that you’re either remarkable or invisible. Few authors have had the kind of lasting impact and global reach that Seth Godin has had. In a series of now-classic books that have been translated into 36 languages and reached millions of listeners around the world, he has taught generations of readers how to make remarkable products and spread powerful ideas. In Purple Cow, first published in 2003 and revised and expanded in 2009, Godin launched a movement to make truly remarkable products that are worth marketing in the first place. Through stories about companies like Starbucks, JetBlue, Krispy Kreme, and Apple, coupled with his signature provocative style, he inspires readers to rethink what their marketing is really saying about their product. In a world that grows noisier by the day, Godin's challenge has never been more relevant to writers, marketers, advertisers, entrepreneurs, makers, product managers, and anyone else who has something to share with the world.

©2020 Seth Godin (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Seth Godin
Author: Seth Godin
Length: 2 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Marketing Rebellion

Marketing Rebellion

19 ratings

Summary

Are you overwhelmed by the breathtaking rate of change in the business world? Are confusing consumer trends, the unrelenting pace of technology, and the breakneck speed of digital marketing making you feel irrelevant and lost? Path-finding author Mark Schaefer provides an achievable and realistic framework to help you stay ahead of the curve by re-imagining marketing in a world where hyper-empowered consumers drive the business results. Marketing Rebellion will teach you: How cataclysmic consumer trends are a predictable result of a revolution that started 100 years ago. Why businesses must be built on human impressions instead of advertising impressions. The five constant human truths at the heart of successful marketing strategy. Why customer loyalty is dying and what you need to do about it right now. How to help your best customers do the marketing for you. Actionable steps to provide an immediate course-correction for businesses of any size. Through new research, singular insights, and inspiring case studies, this entertaining audiobook challenges your view of what it means to be a marketer today and provides an innovative blueprint for business growth. The Marketing Rebellion is knocking at your door. Are you ready?

©2019 Mark Schaefer (P)2019 Mark Schaefer

Narrator: Mark Schaefer
Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable, by Patrick Lencioni

The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable, by Patrick Lencioni

Summary

Patrick Lencioni's The Five Dysfunctions of a Team is about the reasons teams fail to work together for the collective good of an organization and ways to overcome these problems.... Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book, not the original book. Inside this Instaread of The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: Overview of the book Important people Key takeaways Analysis of key takeaways About the author: With Instaread, you can get the key takeaways and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read every chapter, identify the key takeaways, and analyze them for your convenience.

©2015 Instaread (P)2015 Instaread

Narrator: Michael Gilboe
Author: Instaread
Length: 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sales Truth

Sales Truth

11 ratings

Summary

A blunt wake-up call to salespeople and sales leaders that debunks the myths of the latest miracle solutions and refocuses your sales strategy on a proven approach that will drive the results you want. Can you handle the truth? Can succeeding in sales be as simple as hooking up the latest CRM tool or perfecting your social media profiles and waiting for qualified leads to automatically show up in your inbox? Are you having trouble believing what the new self-proclaimed “experts” keep posting on LinkedIn and beginning to question their proclamation that everything in sales has changed?  Welcome to the world of sales, where the one constant you can bank on is the noise from so-called experts and thought leaders who want to convince you everything has changed and that you need their latest tools, toys, or tricks to stay even or get ahead of the pack. Yet, ironically, it seems that the more of these new miracle solutions you adopt, the harder it is to get results.  In Sales Truth, Mike Weinberg offers a blunt wake-up call to salespeople and sales leaders on how to get past the noise and nonsense, so you can start winning more new sales. Here’s the truth:  Many of these so-called sales experts lack clients, credibility, and a track record of helping sellers achieve breakthrough results.  The number of “likes” a sales improvement article receives is often inversely proportional to its accuracy or helpfulness to the typical seller or sales team.  What has worked exceedingly well in sales and sales management for the past couple of decades is still the (not so) secret to sales success today, and you can discover these accessible, simple truths and best practices that will drive the results you want in this bold new book.  Mike Weinberg, best-selling author of New Sales. Simplified. and Sales Management. Simplified., brings sanity back to the sales effectiveness table by sharing proven strategies that he sees working firsthand across sales teams in a myriad of industries around the globe. Stop looking for the shortcut or secret sales sauce and instead apply Weinberg’s proven, powerful principles to help you master the fundamentals of professional selling and create more new sales opportunities than you ever believed possible.

©2019 Mike Weinberg (P)2019 HarperCollins Leadership

Available on Audible
Cover art for No B.S. Marketing to the Affluent

No B.S. Marketing to the Affluent

8 ratings

Summary

In this new edition of No B.S. Marketing to the Affluent, millionaire maker Dan S. Kennedy shows you how to re-position your business, practice, or sales career to attract customers or clients for whom price is not a determining factor. Learn how to sell to those who will always be spending as Kennedy shines the spotlight on the practical strategies used by The Ritz-Carlton, Disney, Harrah's Entertainment, Dove, AARP, Dr. Oz, Starbucks, Williams-Sonoma, DeBeers, the health and wellness industry, and many other fascinating and diverse true-life examples.  You'll also discover how to:   Use 10 surprising emotional buy triggers the affluent find irresistible   Stop selling products and services, and learn how selling aspirations and emotional fulfillment is more profitable   Use Kennedy's Million-Dollar Marketing System A step-by-step blueprint comparable to those developed for six-figure clients, ready for do-it-yourself use   Apply the magic language of "membership" to any business for the affluent...from pizza shops and medical practices to retail stores and pet hotels

©2019 Entrepreneur Media, Inc. (P)2019 Gildan Media, LLC.

Narrator: Shawn Compton
Length: 9 hrs and 20 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Africa's Business Revolution

Africa's Business Revolution

Summary

The definitive guide to doing business in Africa. For global and Africa-based companies looking to access new growth markets, Africa offers exciting opportunities to build large, profitable businesses. Its population is young, fast-growing, and increasingly urbanized - while rapid technology adoption makes the continent a fertile arena for innovation. But Africa's business environment remains poorly understood; it's known to many executives in the West only by its reputation for complexity, conflict, and corruption. Africa's Business Revolution provides the inside story on business in Africa and its future growth prospects and helps executives understand and seize the opportunities for building profitable, sustainable enterprises. From senior leaders in McKinsey's African offices and a leading executive on the continent, this book draws on in-depth proprietary research by the McKinsey Global Institute as well as McKinsey's extensive experience advising corporate and government leaders across Africa. Brimming with company case studies and exclusive interviews with some of Africa's most prominent executives, this book comes to life with the vibrant stories of those who have navigated the many twists and turns on the road to building successful businesses on the continent.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 McKinsey & Company (P)2020 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Passive Income for Beginners

Passive Income for Beginners

Summary

Are you unhappy with your current financial status and would you like to create multiple streams of income but don't know where to begin? I know how you feel. Working eight hours daily, Monday to Friday until you are 65. You just pay bills without enjoy the real life and freedom. It causes anxiety, fear, and an overall hopeless desperation for the future. Not very appealing, am I right? Now imagine if you easily saw money rolling into your bank account every day. How would you feel with possibility to to do anything you desire?  Here is the fundamental difference. Active income is a direct exchange of your time and skills for money (it makes rich only your boss). Barely having time to do what you love is not living, that is merely existing. This is called “The Rat Race” where millions people aspire to get out of. Passive income, instead, is the “Holy Grail” to wealth accumulation. Money you make is not proportional to the time you physically put into acquiring it. When you escape your nine-to-five job, you become free to spend time doing things you actually care about: with your family, improve your health, pursue a creative passion. In this audiobook you'll discover the most powerful passive income business ideas with smart investing, including some unknown ones. You'll learn: How to start step-by-step your first passive income online stream, in the next 30 days  The fastest low-risk business ideas to get started, even if you have no experience  The secret and "Untold" strategies people like you are using to earn thousands of dollars per month Don't you know where to start or are you afraid that won’t be able to? Don’t worry, you’re not the only one. Unlike the other audiobooks, you'll be taken by the hand step-by-step from scratch and once you master all the home-based online business models you'll be excited seeing your great results. Don’t procrastinate. Just the sooner you start, the sooner you can reach your goals. Ready to change your life? Get your audiobook now to begin your journey.

©2019 Robert Hill (P)2019 Robert Hill

Narrator: Ali Rizvi
Author: Robert Hill
Length: 3 hrs
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Launch a Freelance Copywriting Business: Creative Writing for a Living

How to Launch a Freelance Copywriting Business: Creative Writing for a Living

Summary

Creative writers - do you want to earn a living from freelance writing?  If you're interested in creative writing jobs, this practical business guide will help. It explains how to start a solo copywriting business, find clients, set up a work pipeline, handle time and money, and survive and thrive on the freelance frontline.  Jules Horne is a creative writer, copywriter, and university teacher who combines writing for business with award-winning plays and fiction. Her copywriting business, Texthouse, provides words for deep sea divers, heating engineers, housing associations, and chocolatiers, and her plays have won Edinburgh Fringe Firsts. If you're a creative writer interested in a freelance income stream, want to work from home, and need help selling your skills to small business, this inspiring book will get you launched with confidence. Ideal for creative writers, journalists, students and bloggers with great writing skills. Get these gold tips and strategies, and hit the ground running! What's inside: Creative writing for business  Workspace  Kit and caboodle  Training and learning  Launch  Build your business  Business concepts and culture Day-to-day workflow  Legal nuts and bolts  Working for yourself  A creative's guide to business  The job of writing  Grow your business  Starter projects  Glossary  In short, all you need to get your freelance writing career off to a great start!

©2017, 2018 Jules Horne (P)2020 Jules Horne

Narrator: Jules Horne
Author: Jules Horne
Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The E-Myth Real Estate Agent

The E-Myth Real Estate Agent

8 ratings

Summary

Leading a real estate business can seem like a daunting task, with too few hours in the day, too many petty management issues, and problems real estate agents in large businesses don't seem to face. The E-Myth Real Estate Agent offers you a road map to create a business that's self-sucient, growing, and highly profitable. Take your company to levels you didn't think possible with this unique guide!

©2019 Michael E. Gerber and Brad Korn (P)2019 One Audiobooks

Available on Audible
Cover art for Company of One

Company of One

84 ratings

Summary

What if the real key to a richer and more fulfilling career was not to create and scale a new start-up, but rather, to be able to work for yourself, determine your own hours, and become a (highly profitable) and sustainable company of one? Suppose the better - and smarter - solution is simply to remain small? This book explains how to do just that. Company of One is a refreshingly new approach centered on staying small and avoiding growth, for any size business. Not as a freelancer who only gets paid on a per piece basis, and not as an entrepreneurial start-up that wants to scale as soon as possible, but as a small business that is deliberately committed to staying that way. By staying small, one can have freedom to pursue more meaningful pleasures in life and avoid the headaches that result from dealing with employees, long meetings, or worrying about expansion. Company of One introduces this unique business strategy and explains how to make it work for you, including how to generate cash flow on an ongoing basis. Paul Jarvis left the corporate world when he realized that working in a high-pressure, high profile world was not his idea of success. Instead, he now works for himself out of his home on a small, lush island off of Vancouver, and lives a much more rewarding and productive life. He no longer has to contend with an environment that constantly demands more productivity, more output, and more growth. In Company of One, Jarvis explains how you can find the right pathway to do the same, including planning how to set up your shop, determining your desired revenues, dealing with unexpected crises, keeping your key clients happy, and of course, doing all of this on your own.

©2019 Paul Jarvis (P)2018 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Paul Jarvis
Author: Paul Jarvis
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Unmasking the Social Engineer

Unmasking the Social Engineer

4 ratings

Summary

Learn to identify the social engineer by non-verbal behavior. Unmasking the Social Engineer: The Human Element of Security focuses on combining the science of understanding non-verbal communications with the knowledge of how social engineers, scam artists, and con men use these skills to build feelings of trust and rapport in their targets. The author helps listeners understand how to identify and detect social engineers and scammers by analyzing their non-verbal behavior. Unmasking the Social Engineer shows how attacks work, explains nonverbal communications, and demonstrates with visuals the connection of non-verbal behavior to social engineering and scamming. Clearly combines both the practical and technical aspects of social engineering security Reveals the various dirty tricks that scammers use Pinpoints what to look for on the nonverbal side to detect the social engineer Sharing proven scientific methodology for reading, understanding, and deciphering non-verbal communications, Unmasking the Social Engineer arms listeners with the knowledge needed to help protect their organizations.

©2014 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett

7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett

8 ratings

Summary

A clear, simple, and complete guide for beginning investors from best-selling author Mary Buffett and Sean Seah that explains Warren Buffett’s techniques of value investing and his proven strategies to ensure long-term success. For 12 years, Mary Buffett was part of the Buffett inner circle. During that time, she studied Warren’s investment strategies and techniques and observed his habits. Now, in 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett, Mary and Sean Seah provide a complete guide for beginning investors who want to understand how to invest like Warren Buffett. Mary and Sean walk listeners through the process of assessing and buying stocks step-by-step. Their friendly and direct style and concrete examples make it easy to understand how to avoid common pitfalls and prosper in the stock market. The first section of the audiobook discusses habits to adopt to begin a lifelong journey of wealth building. The second section examines specific stock-picking techniques inspired by Buffett’s teacher, Benjamin Graham, and that are vastly different from the common Wall Street wisdom of trying to time the market. The authors look at timeless principles as well as latest ideas on where to find great investment ideas, and they share the specific financial indicators they look for in a good investment. Finally, Mary and Sean explain how to build and track a portfolio of stocks. From learning how to read financial statements to preparing both personal and professional balance sheets, 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett is a must-have companion for every investor. Simple questionnaires, charts, and graphs help illustrate specific strategies. The authors’ personal stories provide a clear explanation of the theory behind value investing, as well as advice for developing the necessary "soft skills" - habits, mindset, loving what you do, taking care of your mind and body - that have made Warren Buffett and many others so successful. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2019 Mary Buffett, Sean Seah (P)2019 Simon & Schuster

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Book of Coaching: For Extraordinary Coaches

The Book of Coaching: For Extraordinary Coaches

9 ratings

Summary

This book is for you.... The coach who has so much to give, you wake up thinking about how to contribute more. The coach who wants to make a difference in the world and build an abundant life and business in the process. The coach who wants to be more than good.... More than great.... This book is for the coach who wants to be truly extraordinary. This is not just a technical manual or a motivational manifesto. This is not a book with vague theories and philosophies. It's a practical, actionable guide you can come back to again and again. It includes specific structures, techniques, and tools you can consistently use to establish your reputation as an extraordinary coach and create a highly successful coaching practice. The Book of Coaching will show you how to: Become an extraordinary coach using the exclusive, results-driven, three-phase approach - You, Your Methodology, and Your Business. Create a thriving, profitable coaching business even if you're a brand new coach. Implement simple but powerful personal and business strategies to get unstuck, crush fear, and consistently deliver transformational results for your clients. Maximize your innate genius as a coach and get clear on your long-term vision so you can rapidly grow a successful, abundant coaching business that lights you up. Use powerful tools and methodologies that will elevate your coaching skills, and establish your expertise and reputation as an extraordinary coach.... ...and so much more!

©2017 Mindvalley (P)2018 Ajit Nawalkha

Narrator: Jack Nolan
Length: 4 hrs and 44 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Start with No

Start with No

16 ratings

Summary

Start with No offers a contrarian, counterintuitive system for negotiating any kind of deal in any kind of situation - the purchase of a new house, a multimillion-dollar business deal, or where to take the kids for dinner. Think a win-win solution is the best way to make the deal? Think again. For years now, win-win has been the paradigm for business negotiation. But today, win-win is just the seductive mantra used by the toughest negotiators to get the other side to compromise unnecessarily, early, and often. Win-win negotiations play to your emotions and take advantage of your instinct and desire to make the deal. Start with No introduces a system of decision-based negotiation that teaches you how to understand and control these emotions. It teaches you how to ignore the siren call of the final result, which you can’t really control, and how to focus instead on the activities and behavior that you can and must control in order to successfully negotiate with the pros. The best negotiators: Aren’t interested in "yes" - they prefer "no" Never, ever rush to close, but always let the other side feel comfortable and secure Are never needy; they take advantage of the other party’s neediness Create a "blank slate" to ensure they ask questions and listen to the answers, to make sure they have no assumptions and expectations Always have a mission and purpose that guides their decisions Don’t send so much as an email without an agenda for what they want to accomplish Know the four "budgets" for themselves and for the other side: time, energy, money, and emotion Never waste time with people who don’t really make the decision Start with No is full of dozens of business as well as personal stories illustrating each point of the system. It will change your life as a negotiator. If you put to good use the principles and practices revealed here, you will become an immeasurably better negotiator.

©2011 Jim Camp (P)2020 Random House Audio

Author: Jim Camp
Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for You Win in the Locker Room First

You Win in the Locker Room First

18 ratings

Summary

NFL head coach Mike Smith led one of the most remarkable turnarounds in NFL history. In the season prior to his arrival in 2008, the Atlanta Falcons had a 4-12, record and the franchise had never before achieved back-to-back winning seasons. Under Smith's leadership, the Falcons earned an 11-5 record in his first season and would go on to become perennial playoff and Super Bowl contenders, earning Smith AP coach of year in 2008 and voted coach of year by his peers in 2008, 2010, and 2012. You Win in the Locker Room First draws on the extraordinary experiences of Coach Mike Smith and Jon Gordon - consultant to numerous college and professional teams - to explore the seven powerful principles that any business, school, organization, or sports team can adopt to revitalize their organization. Step by step, the authors outline a strategy for building a thriving organization and provide a practical framework that give leaders the tools they need to create a great culture, lead with the right mind-set, create strong relationships, improve teamwork, execute at a higher level, and avoid the pitfalls that sabotage far too many leaders and organizations. In addition to sharing what went right with the Falcons, Smith also transparently shares what went wrong his last two seasons and provides invaluable lessons leaders can take away from his victories, success, failures, and mistakes. Whether it's an executive leadership team of a Fortune 500 company, a sports team, an emergency room team, a military team, or a school team, successful leaders coach their team and develop, mentor, encourage, and guide them. This not only improves the team; it improves the leaders and their relationships, connections, and organization. You Win in the Locker Room First offers a rare behind-the-scenes look at one of the most pressure-packed leadership jobs on the planet and what leaders can learn from these experiences in order to build their own winning team.

©2015 Jon Gordon; Mike Smith (P)2016 Gildan Media LLC

Length: 3 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job

Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job

67 ratings

Summary

When Before You Quit Your Job was written and published, it was a guidebook for aspiring entrepreneurs. Today - with the job market in shambles, overseas outsourcing and high unemployment - it can be a path to the salvation so many are looking for: A way take control of their life and use their skills and talents to create their future. Before You Quit Your Job asks: Do you have a million-dollar idea? Are you afraid of failing? Are you tired of making other people rich? Are you sick of taking order from your boss? Are you tired of working hard and not getting ahead? Are you ready to take a leap of faith and change your life? Learn about the B-I Triangle and the 8 Integrities of a Business - before you quit your job!

©2005, 2012 Robert T. Kiyosaki (P)2012 Brilliance Audio, all rights reserved.

Narrator: Tim Wheeler
Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Three Signs of a Miserable Job

The Three Signs of a Miserable Job

18 ratings

Summary

In his sixth fable, best-selling author Patrick Lencioni takes on a topic that almost everyone can relate to: the causes of a miserable job. Millions of workers, even those who have carefully chosen careers based on true passions and interests, dread going to work, suffering each day as they trudge to jobs that make them cynical, weary, and frustrated. It is a simple fact of business life that any job, from investment banker to dishwasher, can become miserable. Through the story of a CEO turned pizzeria manager, Lencioni reveals the three elements that make work miserable: irrelevance, immeasurability, and anonymity. And he gives managers and their employees the keys to make any job more fulfilling. As with all of Lencioni's books, this one is filled with actionable advice you can put into effect immediately. In addition to the fable, the book includes a detailed model examining the three signs of job misery and how they can be remedied. It covers the benefits of managing for job fulfillment within organizations, increased productivity, greater retention, and competitive advantage, and it offers examples of how managers can use the applications in the book to deal with specific jobs and situations.

©2007 Patrick Lencioni (P)2007 Random House, Inc. Random House Audio, a division of Random House, Inc.

Narrator: Dan Woren
Length: 4 hrs and 55 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Discomfort Zone

The Discomfort Zone

3 ratings

Summary

You want people to stretch their limits, but your conversations meant to help them often fall flat or backfire, creating more resistance than growth. Top leadership coach Marcia Reynolds offers a model for using the Discomfort Zone - the moment when the mind is most open to learning - to prompt people to think through problems, see situations more strategically, and transcend their limitations. Drawing on recent discoveries in the neuroscience of learning, Reynolds shows how to ask the kinds of questions that short-circuit the brain’s defense mechanisms and habitual thought patterns. Then, instead of being told, people see for themselves the insightful and often profound solutions to what is stopping their progress. The exercises and case studies will help you use discomfort in your conversations to create lasting changes and an enlivened workforce.

©2014 Marcia Reynolds (P)2014 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Karen Saltus
Length: 4 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Harvard Business Review Manager's Handbook

Harvard Business Review Manager's Handbook

7 ratings

Summary

The one primer you need to develop your managerial and leadership skills. Whether you're a new manager or looking to have more influence in your current management role, the challenges you face come in all shapes and sizes: a direct report's anxious questions, your boss's last-minute assignment of an important presentation, or a blank business case staring you in the face. To reach your full potential in these situations, you need to master a new set of business and personal skills. Packed with step-by-step advice and wisdom from Harvard Business Review's management archive, the HBR Manager's Handbook provides best practices on topics from understanding key financial statements and the fundamentals of strategy to emotional intelligence and building your employees' trust. The book's brief sections allow you to home in quickly on the solutions you need right away - or take a deeper dive if you need more context. Keep this comprehensive guide with you throughout your career and be a more impactful leader in your organization. In this book you'll find: Step-by-step guidance through common managerial tasks Short sections and chapters that you can turn to quickly as a need arises Self-assessments throughout Exercises and templates to help you practice and apply the concepts in the book Concise explanations of the latest research and thinking on important management skills from Harvard Business Review experts such as Dan Goleman, Clayton Christensen, John Kotter, and Michael Porter Real-life stories from working managers Recaps and action items at the end of each chapter that allow you to reinforce or review the ideas quickly The skills covered in the book include: Transitioning into a leadership role Building trust and credibility Developing emotional intelligence Becoming a person of influence Developing yourself as a leader Giving effective feedback Leading teams Fostering creativity Mastering the basics of strategy Learning to use financial tools Developing a business case

©2017 Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation (P)2017 Audible, Inc.

Available on Audible
Cover art for Remote

Remote

33 ratings

Summary

The "work-from-home" phenomenon is thoroughly explored in this illuminating new audiobook from best-selling 37signals founders Fried and Hansson, who point to the surging trend of employees working from home (and anywhere else) and explain the challenges and unexpected benefits. Most important, they show why - with a few controversial exceptions such as Yahoo - more businesses will want to promote this new model of getting things done. The Industrial Revolution's "under one roof" model of conducting work is steadily declining owing to technology that is rapidly creating virtual workspaces and allowing workers to provide their vital contribution without physically clustering together. Today, the new paradigm is "move work to the workers, rather than workers to the workplace." According to Reuters, one in five global workers telecommutes frequently and nearly ten percent work from home every day. Moms in particular will welcome this trend. A full 60% wish they had a flexible work option. But companies see advantages, too, in the way remote work increases their talent pool, reduces turnover, lessens their real estate footprint, and improves the ability to conduct business across multiple time zones, to name just a few advantages. In Remote, iconoclastic authors Fried and Hansson will convince listeners that letting all or part of work teams function remotely is a great idea - and they're going to show precisely how a remote work setup can be accomplished.

©2013 Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson (P)2013 Random House Audio

Available on Audible
Cover art for Vendes o vendes

Vendes o vendes

1 rating

Summary

No importa si eres vendedor, director comercial o emprendedor, Vendes o vendes será tu guía para vender efectivamente tus productos, tus ideas y a ti mismo, ¡a todo el mundo! Por el autor bestseller de The New York Times, Grant Cardone. Con la gran experiencia de un vendedor extraordinario, Vendes o vendes cambiará la forma en que percibes las ventas, ¡y la vida! El experto en ventas y grandes negocios, Grant Cardone, afirma en este libro que conocer los principios de las ventas es un requisito indispensable para el éxito en cualquier ámbito. Aunque se trate de vender el producto de tu compañía o de venderte a ti mismo la idea de comer sano, todo en la vida puede -y debe- ser tratado como una venta. En Vendes o vendes, Grant Cardone revela las técnicas y los acercamientos necesarios para manejar como experto el arte de vender, en cualquier lugar. Aprenderás cómo manejar el rechazo, revertir las situaciones negativas, acortar los ciclos de venta y garantizar tu grandeza. Cardone también te enseñará los puntos esenciales del éxito: Vender en una mala economía. Mantenerte positivo a pesar del rechazo. Llenar tu cartera con nuevos clientes. Desafiar la renuencia. Otros autores han opinado: "Vendes o vendes no es sólo para vendedores. Es un libro con técnicas exitosas de persuasión para cualquier persona -papás, maestros, gerentes, entrenadores- que necesita influir y motivar a los demás." (Dr. Tony Alessandra, autor de The Platinum Rule) Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.        

©2013 Grant Cardone (P)2019 Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial

Narrator: Carlos Torres
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Talent Transformation

Talent Transformation

Summary

Discover the 12 factors for organizational success. It’s no secret that the economy is changing. Countless new tasks and exponential automation are on the horizon. In our rapidly evolving world, old management models no longer apply. With an uncertain future rife with social and workplace changes, how can you ensure your organization will evolve and succeed? Talent Transformation unearths the twelve fundamental factors for long-term organizational success. It reveals how to keep pace with the future of work and overcome the challenges posed by the Fourth Industrial Revolution. Covering the major technical and functional skills, it also examines the social and emotional demands of workplace culture. This enlightening guide explains how leaders can harness the tools and performance strategies for lasting success in the 21st century. You’ll discover: Simple, practical explorations of 12 fundamental factors for success An analysis of the factors and how they work together Easy-to-understand explanations for integrating new practices into your organization Cutting-edge insights into 21st-century skills and their importance Essential guidance for nurturing teamwork, collaboration, and inclusion Tips for effectively assessing individuals, teams, and organizations And much more Talent Transformation will help you engage your workforce, set meaningful goals, and make decisions based on data and logic instead of guesswork. It will help you lead with confidence, embrace uncertainty with an unrivaled degree of flexibility and agility, and achieve longterm success.

©2020 Talent Transformation Press (P)2021 Talent Transformation Press

Narrator: Dylan Wheeler
Length: 5 hrs and 10 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Becoming a Professional Life Coach

Becoming a Professional Life Coach

5 ratings

Summary

An updated version of the best-selling therapist-to-coach transition text. With his best-selling Therapist as Life Coach, Patrick Williams introduced the therapeutic community to the career of life coach, and in Becoming a Professional Life Coach he and Diane Menendez covered all the basic principles and strategies for effective coaching. Now Williams, founder of the Institute for Life Coach Training (ILCT), and Menendez, former faculty at ILCT - both master certified coaches - bring back the book that has taught thousands of coaches, with all-new information on coaching competencies, ethics, somatic coaching, wellness coaching, and how positive psychology and neuroscience are informing the profession today. Moving seamlessly from coaching fundamentals - listening skills, effective language, session preparation - to more advanced ideas such as helping clients to identify life purpose, recognize and combat obstacles, align values and actions, maintain a positive mind-set, and live with integrity, this new edition is one-stop-shopping for beginner and advanced coaches alike. Beginning with a brief history of the foundations of coaching and its future trajectory, Becoming a Professional Life Coach takes listeners step-by-step through the coaching process, covering all the crucial ideas and techniques for being a successful life coach.

©2015, 2007 Patrick Williams and Diane S. Menendez (P)2019 Tantor

Available on Audible
Cover art for Artificial Intelligence

Artificial Intelligence

1 rating

Summary

From making faster, better decisions to automating rote work to enabling robots to respond to emotions, AI and machine learning are already reshaping business and society. What should you and your company be doing today to ensure that you're poised for success and keeping up with your competitors in the age of AI?  Artificial Intelligence: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review brings you today's most essential thinking on AI and explains how to launch the right initiatives at your company to capitalize on the opportunity of the machine intelligence revolution.  Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind?  Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues - blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more - each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can't afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas - and prepare you and your company for the future.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2019 Harvard Business School Publishing (P)2019 Gildan Media

Available on Audible
Cover art for Influence, New and Expanded

Influence, New and Expanded

Summary

The foundational and wildly popular go-to resource for influence and persuasion - a renowned international best seller, with over 5 million copies sold - now revised adding: new research, new insights, new examples, and online applications. In the new edition of this highly acclaimed best seller, Robert Cialdini - New York Times best-selling author of Pre-Suasion and the seminal expert in the fields of influence and persuasion - explains the psychology of why people say yes and how to apply these insights ethically in business and everyday settings. Using memorable stories and relatable examples, Cialdini makes this crucially important subject surprisingly easy. With Cialdini as a guide, you don’t have to be a scientist to learn how to use this science. You’ll learn Cialdini’s universal principles of influence, including new research and new uses so you can become an even more skilled persuader - and just as importantly, you’ll learn how to defend yourself against unethical influence attempts. You may think you know these principles, but without understanding their intricacies, you may be ceding their power to someone else. Cialdini’s principles of ersuasion: Reciprocation Commitment and consistency Social proof  Liking  Authority Scarcity Unity, the newest principle for this edition Understanding and applying the principles ethically is cost-free and deceptively easy. Backed by Dr. Cialdini’s 35 years of evidence-based, peer-reviewed scientific research - including a three-year field study on what leads people to change - Influence is a comprehensive guide to using these principles to move others in your direction.

©2021 Robert B. Cialdini (P)2021 HarperCollins Publishers

Length: 17 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Ignore Your Customers (And They'll Go Away)

Ignore Your Customers (And They'll Go Away)

2 ratings

Summary

Discover how to create exceptional customer service and a superior customer experience, learning from the greatest companies of our time. When it comes to delivering great customer service and customer experience, many companies miss the mark. But there’s no reason this should include you and your company. Ignore Your Customers (And They’ll Go Away) spells out, step-by-step, how to craft a customer service culture and customer experience so powerful that they’ll transform your organization and boost your company’s bottom line. You’ll enjoy inspirational, often hilarious, tales from the trenches as author Micah Solomon, one of the world’s best-known customer service consultants, relates hands-on adventures about assessing and improving customer service in various industries. You’ll spend time behind the scenes with Zappos CEO Tony Hsieh and discover how the company delivers “wow” customer service. From Richard Branson, you’ll learn how Virgin brands deliver authentic customer service (avoiding what Branson calls “Stepford Customer Service”) and Branson’s secrets for turning social media attackers into brand promoters. Drawing on a wealth of stories personally assembled from today’s most innovative and successful companies, including Amazon, Cleveland Clinic, Drybar, USAA Insurance, and the Ritz-Carlton Hotel Company, Solomon reveals what it takes to turn a ho-hum customer interaction into one that drives customer engagement and lifelong loyalty. Charts, "cheat sheets", and discussion questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Micah Solomon (P)2020 HarperCollins Leadership

Available on Audible
Cover art for Intentional Living

Intentional Living

29 ratings

Summary

John C. Maxwell, number-one New York Times best-selling author, helps listeners take the first steps to living a life that matters in Intentional Living. We all have a longing to be significant. We want to make a contribution, to be a part of something noble and purposeful. But many people wrongly believe significance is unattainable. They worry that it's too big for them to achieve. That they have to have an amazing idea, be a certain age, have a lot of money, or be powerful or famous to make a real difference. The good news is that none of those things is necessary for you to achieve significance and create a lasting legacy. The only thing you need to achieve significance is to be intentional. And to do that, all you need to do is start. You can't make an impact sitting still and doing nothing. Every major accomplishment that's ever been achieved started with a first step. Sometimes it's hard; other times it's easy; but no matter what, you have to do it if you want to get anywhere in life. In Intentional Living, John Maxwell will help you take that first step, and the ones that follow, on your personal path through a life that matters.

©2015 John C. Maxwell (P)2015 Hachette Audio

Narrator:
Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Start with Why

Start with Why

1669 ratings

Summary

The inspiring, life-changing best seller by the author of Leaders Eat Last and Together Is Better. In 2009 Simon Sinek started a movement to help people become more inspired at work and, in turn, inspire their colleagues and customers. Since then, millions have been touched by the power of his ideas, including more than 28 million who've watched his TED Talk based on Start with Why - the third most popular TED video of all time. Sinek starts with a fundamental question: Why are some people and organizations more innovative, more influential, and more profitable than others? Why do some command greater loyalty from customers and employees alike? Even among the successful, why are so few able to repeat their success over and over? People like Martin Luther King Jr., Steve Jobs, and the Wright Brothers had little in common, but they all started with why. They realized that people won't truly buy into a product, service, movement, or idea until they understand the why behind it. Start with Why shows that the leaders who've had the greatest influence in the world all think, act, and communicate the same way - and it's the opposite of what everyone else does. Sinek calls this powerful idea The Golden Circle, and it provides a framework upon which organizations can be built, movements can be led, and people can be inspired. And it all starts with why.

©2017 Simon Sinek (P)2017 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Simon Sinek
Author: Simon Sinek
Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Clockwork

Clockwork

84 ratings

Summary

Do you worry that your business will collapse without your constant presence? Are you sacrificing your family, friendships, and freedom to keep your business alive? What if instead your business could run itself, freeing you to do what you love when you want, while it continues to grow and turn a profit? It's possible. And it's easier than you think. If you're like most entrepreneurs, you started your business so you could be your own boss, make the money you deserve, and live life on your own terms. In reality, you're bogged down in the daily grind, constantly putting out fires, answering an endless stream of questions, and continually hunting for cash.  Now, Mike Michalowicz, the author of Profit First and other small-business best sellers, offers a straightforward step-by-step path out of this dilemma. In Clockwork, he draws on more than six years of research and real-life examples to explain his simple approach to making your business ultra-efficient.  Among other powerful strategies, you will discover how to: Make your employees act like owners: Free yourself from micromanaging by using a simple technique to empower your people to make smart decisions without you.  Pinpoint your business's most important function: Unleash incredible efficiency by identifying and focusing everyone on the one function that is most crucial to your business. Know what to fix next: Most entrepreneurs try to fix every inefficiency at once and end up fixing nothing. Use the "weakest link in the chain" method to find the one fix that will add the most value now. Whether you have a staff of one, 100, or somewhere in between, whether you're a new entrepreneur or have been overworked and overstressed for years, Clockwork is your path to finally making your business work for you.

©2018 Mike Michalowicz (P)2018 Penguin Audio

Length: 7 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How I Built This

How I Built This

69 ratings

Summary

Based on the highly acclaimed NPR podcast How I Built This with Guy Raz, this book offers priceless insights and inspiration from the world's top entrepreneurs on how to start, launch, and build a successful venture.   Great ideas often come from a simple spark: A soccer player on the New Zealand national team notices all the unused wool his country produces and figures out a way to turn them into shoes (Allbirds). A former Buddhist monk decides the very best way to spread his mindfulness teachings is by launching an app (Headspace). A sandwich cart vendor finds a way to reuse leftover pita bread and turns it into a multimillion-dollar business (Stacy’s Pita Chips).    Award-winning journalist and NPR host Guy Raz has interviewed more than 200 highly successful entrepreneurs to uncover amazing true stories like these. In How I Built This, he shares tips for every entrepreneur's journey: from the early days of formulating your idea, to raising money and recruiting employees, to fending off competitors, to finally paying yourself a real salary. This is a must-listen for anyone who has ever dreamed of starting their own business or wondered how trailblazing entrepreneurs made their own dreams a reality.

©2020 Guy Raz (P)2020 Audible, Inc.

Narrator: Guy Raz
Author: Guy Raz
Length: 10 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Business You Were Born to Create

The Business You Were Born to Create

Summary

What work were you put on this planet to do? How can you build a successful business around that work? Best-selling author Nick Williams reveals how this is the time to start your own inspired business, doing work that you love. As well as provide you income, your inspired business can be an immensely meaningful activity that allows you to share your unique gifts, make a difference to others, and serve a higher purpose. It will empower you to become the best that you can be. But this requires a different approach to work. You can't just bolt on traditional business methods to doing what you love. Being an inspired entrepreneur is about being authentic, about service, and about putting relationships first. Utilising a potent combination of ancient wisdom, spiritual insight, and groundbreaking entrepreneurial thinking, Nick Williams shows you how a new way of working is possible for you, right now.

©2011 Nick Williams (P)2014 Balloon View Ltd

Narrator: Nick Williams
Length: 4 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Obsessed

Obsessed

4 ratings

Summary

The 2020 Porchlight Marketing and Sales Book of the Year The cofounder and chief branding officer of Red Antler, the branding and marketing company for startups and new ventures, explains how hot new brands like Casper, Allbirds, Sweetgreen, and Everlane build devoted fan followings right out of the gate. We're in the midst of a startup revolution, with new brands popping up every day, taking over our Instagram feeds, and vying for our affection. Every category is up for grabs, and traditional brands are seeing their businesses erode as hundreds of small companies encroach on their territory, each hoping to become the next runaway success. But it's not enough to have a great idea or a cool logo. Emily Heyward founded Red Antler, the Brooklyn-based brand and marketing company, to help entrepreneurs embed brand as a driver of business success from the beginning. In Obsessed, Heyward outlines the new principles of what it takes to build and launch a brand that has people queuing up to buy it on opening day. She takes you behind the scenes of the creation of some of today's hottest new brands, showing you: How Casper was able to upend the mattress industry by building a beloved brand where none had existed before How the dating app Hinge won a fanatical user base and great word-of-mouth with the promise that the app was "designed to be deleted" Why luggage startup Away, now valued at $1.4 billion, could build their brand around love of travel by launching with just one product - a hard-shell carry-on suitcase - rather than a whole range of luggage offerings. Whether you're starting a new business, launching a new product line, or looking to refresh a brand for a new generation of customers, Obsessed shows you why the old rules of brand-building no longer apply and what really works for today's customers.

©2020 Emily Heyward (P)2020 Penguin Audio

Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Breakpoint

Breakpoint

Summary

We are living in a world in which cows send texts to farmers when they're in heat, where the most valuable real estate in New York City houses computers, not people, and some of humanity's greatest works are created by crowds, not individuals. We are in the midst of a networking revolution - set to transform the way we access the world's information and the way we connect with one another. Studying biological systems is perhaps the best way to understand such networks, and nature has a lesson for us if we care to listen: Bigger is rarely better in the long run. The deadliest creature is the mosquito, not the lion. It is the quality of a network that is important for survival, not the size, and all networks - the human brain, Facebook, Google, even the internet itself - eventually reach a breakpoint and collapse. That's the bad news. The good news is that reaching a breakpoint can be a step forward, allowing a network to substitute quality for quantity. In Breakpoint, brain scientist and entrepreneur Jeff Stibel takes listeners to the intersection of the brain, biology, and technology. He shows how exceptional companies are using their understanding of the Internet's brain-like powers to create a competitive advantage by building more effective websites, utilizing cloud computing, engaging social media, monetizing effectively, and leveraging a collective consciousness. Indeed, the result of these technologies is a more tightly connected world with capabilities far beyond the sum of our individual minds. Breakpoint offers a fresh and exciting perspective about the future of technology and its effects on all of us.PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2013 Jeff Stibel (P)2013 Audible Inc.

Author: Jeff Stibel
Length: 7 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Unicorn Project

The Unicorn Project

67 ratings

Summary

The Phoenix Project wowed over a half-million readers. Now comes The Unicorn Project!  “The Unicorn Project is amazing, and I loved it 100 times more than The Phoenix Project…” (Fernando Cornago, senior director platform engineering, Adidas) “Gene Kim does a masterful job of showing how … the efforts of many create lasting business advantages for all.” (Dr. Steven Spear, author of The High-Velocity Edge, sr. lecturer at MIT, and principal of HVE LLC) “The Unicorn Project is so clever, so good, so crazy enlightening!” (Cornelia Davis, vice president of technology at Pivotal Software, Inc., author of Cloud Native Patterns) This highly anticipated follow-up to the best-selling title The Phoenix Project takes another look at Parts Unlimited, this time from the perspective of software development.  In The Unicorn Project, we follow Maxine, a senior lead developer and architect, as she is exiled to the Phoenix Project, to the horror of her friends and colleagues, as punishment for contributing to a payroll outage. She tries to survive in what feels like a heartless and uncaring bureaucracy and to work within a system where no one can get anything done without endless committees, paperwork, and approvals.  One day, she is approached by a ragtag bunch of misfits who say they want to overthrow the existing order, to liberate developers, to bring joy back to technology work, and to enable the business to win in a time of digital disruption. To her surprise, she finds herself drawn ever further into this movement, eventually becoming one of the leaders of the Rebellion, which puts her in the crosshairs of some familiar and very dangerous enemies.  The Age of Software is here, and another mass extinction event looms - this is a story about rebel developers and business leaders working together, racing against time to innovate, survive, and thrive in a time of unprecedented uncertainty...and opportunity.  

©2019 Gene Kim (P)2019 Gene Kim

Narrator: Frankie Corzo
Author: Gene Kim
Length: 12 hrs and 24 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Entrepreneur to Author

Entrepreneur to Author

2 ratings

Summary

Small business owners are struggling to stand out in authority-driven fields. They’re losing deals to the competition, getting ignored by the media, and missing out on partnerships that could change the trajectory of their business. Increasingly, entrepreneurs realize that authorship can help by building authority, generating quality leads, and providing IP that lets them efficiently scale their business. But most aren’t confident in their ability to become an author...until now. In Entrepreneur to Author, you’ll learn: The secret to a book strategy that’s in lock-step with your business strategy How to efficiently plan, write, test, and refine a high-quality manuscript so you can tend to your business, family, and personal priorities The ins and outs of getting your book published, including publishing models, costs, book formats, and distribution channels The foundational strategy for building authority and the three monetization strategies you can use to grow your business with your book Using analytical, business-minded concepts, you’ll gain confidence in your ability to become an outstanding first-time author, and in your book’s ability to build your authority and grow your business in a way that scales up without burning you out.

©2020 MacMillan Company Limited (P)2021 MacMillan Company Limited

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Four Steps to the Epiphany

The Four Steps to the Epiphany

1 rating

Summary

The Four Steps to the Epiphany launched the lean start-up approach to new ventures. It was the first book to offer that start-ups are not smaller versions of large companies and that new ventures are different than existing ones. Start-ups search for business models while existing companies execute them. The book offers the practical and proven four-step customer development process for search and offers insight into what makes some start-ups successful and leaves others selling off their furniture. Rather than blindly execute a plan, The Four Steps helps uncover flaws in product and business plans and correct them before they become costly. Rapid iteration, customer feedback, and testing your assumptions are all explained in this book. Packed with concrete examples of what to do, how to do it, and when to do it, the book will leave you with new skills to organize sales, marketing, and your business for success. If your organization is starting a new venture and you're thinking how to successfully organize sales, marketing, and business development, you need The Four Steps to the Epiphany. A must-listen for anyone starting something new.

©2020 Steve Blank. (P)2020 Gildan Media

Narrator: Graham Rowat
Author: Steve Blank
Length: 9 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Power of a Positive Team

The Power of a Positive Team

3 ratings

Summary

An audiobook about teams to help teams become more positive, united, and connected. Worldwide best seller - the author of The Energy Bus and The Power of Positive Leadership shares the proven principles and practices that build great teams - and provides practical tools to help teams overcome negativity and enhance their culture, communication, connection, commitment, and performance. Jon Gordon doesn’t just research the keys to great teams, he has personally worked with some of the most successful teams on the planet and has a keen understanding of how and why they became great. In The Power of a Positive Team, Jon draws upon his unique team-building experience as well as conversations with some of the greatest teams in history in order to provide an essential framework, filled with proven practices, to empower teams to work together more effectively and achieve superior results. Utilizing examples from the writing team who created the hit show Billions, the national champion Clemson football team, the World Series-contending Los Angeles Dodgers, the Miami Heat, and the greatest beach volleyball team of all time to Navy SEALs, Marching bands, Southwest Airlines, USC and UVA Tennis, Twitter, Apple, and Ford, Jon shares innovative strategies to transform a group of individuals into a united, positive, and powerful team. Jon not only infuses this audiobook with the latest research, compelling stories, and strategies to maintain optimism through adversity...he also shares his best practices to transform negativity, build trust (through his favorite team-building exercises) and practical ways to have difficult conversations - all designed to make a team more positive, cohesive, stronger, and better. The Power of a Positive Team also provides a blueprint for addressing common pitfalls that cause teams to fail - including complaining, selfishness, inconsistency, complacency, unaccountability - while offering  solutions to enhance a team’s creativity, grit, innovation, and growth. This audiobook is meant for teams to listen to together. It’s narrated in such a way that if you and your team listen to it together, you will understand the obstacles you will face and what you must do to become a great team. If you listen to it together, stay positive together, and take action together, you will accomplish amazing things together.

©2018 Jon Gordon (P)2019 Jon Gordon

Narrator: Jon Gordon
Author: Jon Gordon
Length: 2 hrs and 42 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Work Rules!

Work Rules!

50 ratings

Summary

From the visionary head of Google's innovative People Operations - a groundbreaking inquiry into the philosophy of work and a blueprint for attracting the most spectacular talent to your business and ensuring the best and brightest succeed. "We spend more time working than doing anything else in life. It's not right that the experience of work should be so demotivating and dehumanizing." So says Laszlo Bock, head of People Operations at the company that transformed how the world interacts with knowledge. This insight is the heart of Work Rules!, a compelling and surprisingly playful manifesto with the potential to change how we work and live. Drawing on the latest research in behavioral economics and with a profound grasp of human psychology, Bock also provides teaching examples from a range of industries - including companies that are household names but hideous places to work and little-known companies that achieve spectacular results by valuing and listening to their employees. Bock takes us inside one of history's most explosively successful businesses to reveal why Google is consistently rated one of the best places to work in the world, distilling 15 years of intensive worker R&D into delightfully counterintuitive principles that are easy to put into action whether you're a team of one or a team of thousands. Cleaving the knot of conventional management, some lessons from Work Rules! include: Take away managers' power over employees Learn from your best employees - and your worst Hire only people who are smarter than you are, no matter how long it takes to find them Pay unfairly (it's more fair!) Don't trust your gut: use data to predict and shape the future Default to open: be transparent, and welcome feedback If you're comfortable with the amount of freedom you've given your employees, you haven't gone far enough Work Rules! shows how to strike a balance between creativity and structure, leading to success you can measure in quality of life as well as market share. Read it to build a better company from within rather than from above; read it to reawaken your joy in what you do. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2015 Laszlo Bock (P)2015 Hachette Audio

Narrator: Laszlo Bock
Author: Laszlo Bock
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Parenting the Strong-Willed Child

Parenting the Strong-Willed Child

Summary

Rex Forehand, PhD, and Nicholas Long, PhD, have helped thousands of parents achieve discipline using positive reinforcement, without yelling or harming the child's self-esteem. Their clinically proven, five-week program gives you the tools you need to successfully manage your child's behavior, giving specific factors that cause or contribute to disruptive behavior, ways to develop a more positive atmosphere in your family and home, and strategies for managing specific behavior problems. This completely revised and updated edition includes: new research-based information about child temperament; a new chapter on the hot topic of play as a means of strengthening the parent-child relationship; a new section on collaborative disciplining with preschool teachers; an expanded section about depression and stress linked to parenting; and new research findings about ADHD and its treatment.

©2010 Rex Forehand and Nicholas Long (P)2017 Tantor

Narrator: Barry Abrams
Length: 8 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Deal with Difficult People

How to Deal with Difficult People

67 ratings

Summary

Don't let problem people get to you! Whether it’s a manager who keeps moving the goal posts, an uncooperative colleague, negative friend, or critical family member, some people are just plain hard to get along with. Often, your immediate response is to shrink or sulk, become defensive or attack. But there are smarter moves to make when dealing with difficult people. This book explains how to cope with a range of situations with difficult people and to focus on what you can change. This book will help you to: Understand what makes difficult people tick and how best to handle them Learn ways to confidently stand up to others and resist the urge to attack back Develop strategies to calmly navigate emotionally-charged situations Deal with all kinds of difficult people - hostile, manipulative and the impossible Know when to choose your battles, and when to walk away Why let someone else’s bad attitude ruin your day? How to Deal With Difficult People arms you with all the tools and tactics you need to handle all kinds of people - to make your life less stressful and a great deal easier.

©2014 Gill Hasson (P)2015 Audible, Ltd

Narrator: Katy Carmichael
Author: Gill Hasson
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Change by Design, Revised and Updated

Change by Design, Revised and Updated

12 ratings

Summary

The subject of “design thinking” is the rage at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press - due in large part to work of IDEO, a leading design firm, and its celebrated CEO, Tim Brown, who uses this audiobook to reveal how the techniques and strategies of design belong at every level of business. The myth of innovation is that brilliant ideas leap fully formed from the minds of geniuses. The reality is that most innovations come from a process of rigorous examination through which great ideas are identified and developed before being realized as new offerings and capabilities.  Change by Design explains design thinking, the collaborative process by which the designer’s sensibilities and methods are employed to match people’s needs, not only with what is technically feasible, but with what is viable to the bottom line. Design thinking converts need into demand. It’s a human-centered approach to problem solving that helps people and organizations become more innovative and more creative.  Introduced a decade ago, the concept of design thinking remains popular at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press - due in large part to work of IDEO, the undisputed world leading strategy, innovation, and design firm headed by Brown. As he makes clear in this visionary guide - now updated with addition material, including new case studies and a new introduction - design thinking is not just applicable to so-called creative industries or people who work in the design field. It’s a methodology that has been used by organizations such as Kaiser Permanente, to increase the quality of patient care by reexamining the ways their nurses manage shift change, or Kraft, to rethink supply-chain management.  Change by Design is not an audiobook by designers for designers; it is an audiobook for creative leaders seeking to infuse design thinking into every level of an organization, product, or service to drive new alternatives for business and society.

©2019 Tim Brown (P)2019 HarperCollins Publishers

Author: Tim Brown
Length: 7 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Innovator's Solution

The Innovator's Solution

7 ratings

Summary

Clayton M. Christensen is a professor of business administration at Harvard Business School. Michael E. Raynor is a director at Deloitte Research. Together, they outline an innovative plan that urges businesses to create disruption rather than fleeing from it. Named one of 2003's Best Business Books by Business Week, this book is a Wall Street Journal and New York Times best seller.

©2003 Clayton M. Christensen and Michael E. Raynor (P)2006 Recorded Books LLC

Available on Audible
Cover art for Win: The Key Principles to Take Your Business from Ordinary to Extraordinary

Win: The Key Principles to Take Your Business from Ordinary to Extraordinary

1 rating

Summary

From the New York Times best-selling author and top pollster Dr. Frank Luntz comes an unprecedented examination of communication excellence and how top performers win in all areas of human endeavor through superb communication skills. From Mike Bloomberg and Arnold Schwarzenegger to business icons Rupert Murdoch, Steve Wynn, and Fred Smith, to the CEOs of MGM Resorts, J. Crew, and Gibson Guitar, to legendary sports superstars like Larry Bird, Jimmy Connors, and Mike Richter, to media legends Roger Ailes, Don Imus, and dozens more, Luntz tells their stories in their own words. He demonstrates how their style of operation and communication is absolutely essential to their success. Luntz makes it clear that following the rules of effective communication is indispensable in any successful human endeavor. Dr. Luntz offers more than 70 new “words that work” for private one-on-one meetings with your boss, for public presentations to hundreds of colleagues, or for television appearances that reach millions. There are more than three dozen specific lessons and recommendations—and each one directly illustrates the nine essential action-oriented principles of winning at every level: People-Centered, Paradigm-Breaking, Prioritizing, Perfection, Partnerships, Passion, Persuasion, Persistence, and Principles. Do you have what it takes? Win is an unprecedented examination of the art, science, and language of winning, and a must-have for people who want to understand and emulate the winners of today. The definition of winning: The ability to grasp the human dimension of every situation The ability to know what questions to ask and when to ask them The ability to see what doesn’t yet exist and bring it to life The ability to see the challenge, and the solution, from every angle The ability to distinguish the essential from the important

©2011 The Word Doctors, LLC (P)2011 Hyperion

Narrator: L. J. Ganser
Length: 11 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Alliance

The Alliance

4 ratings

Summary

Introducing the new, realistic loyalty pact between employer and employee. The employer-employee relationship is broken, and managers face a seemingly impossible dilemma: the old model of guaranteed long-term employment no longer works in a business environment defined by continuous change, but neither does a system in which every employee acts like a free agent. The solution? Stop thinking of employees as either family or free agents. Think of them instead as allies. As a manager you want your employees to help transform the company for the future. And your employees want the firm to help transform their careers. But this win-win scenario will only happen if both sides trust each other enough to commit to mutual investment and mutual benefit. Sadly, trust in the business world is hovering at an all-time low. We can rebuild that lost trust with straight talk that recognizes the realities of the modern economy. So paradoxically, the alliance begins with managers acknowledging that great employees might leave the company, and with employees being honest about their own career aspirations. By putting this new alliance at the heart of your talent-management strategy, you'll not only bring back trust, you'll be able to recruit and retain the entrepreneurial individuals you need to adapt to a fast-changing world. These individuals - flexible, creative, and with a bias toward action - thrive when they're on a specific "tour of duty", when they have a mission that's mutually beneficial to employee and company that can be completed in a realistic period of time. Coauthored by the founder of LinkedIn, this bold but practical guide for managers and executives will give you the tools you need to recruit, manage, and retain the kind of employees who will make your company thrive in today's world of constant innovation and fast-paced change.

©2014 Reid Hoffman, Ben Casnocha, and Chris Yeh (P)2014 Blackstone Audiobooks

Available on Audible
Cover art for Playing to Win

Playing to Win

35 ratings

Summary

This is A.G. Lafley’s guidebook. Shouldn’t it be yours as well?Winning CEO A.G. Lafley is now back at the helm of consumer goods giant Procter & Gamble. If you want to know the strategy he’ll use to restore P&G to its former dominance, read this book. Playing to Win, a noted Wall Street Journal and Washington Post best seller, outlines the strategic approach Lafley, in close partnership with strategic adviser Roger Martin, used to double P&G’s sales, quadruple its profits, and increase its market value by more than $100 billion when Lafley was first CEO (he led the company from 2000 to 2009). The book shows leaders in any type of organization how to guide everyday actions with larger strategic goals built around the clear, essential elements that determine business successwhere to play and how to win. Lafley and Martin have created a set of five essential strategic choices that, when addressed in an integrated way, will move you ahead of your competitors. They are: (1) What is our winning aspiration? (2) Where will we play? (3) How will we win? (4) What capabilities must we have in place to win? and (5) What management systems are required to support our choices? The result is a playbook for winning. The stories of how P&G repeatedly won by applying this method to iconic brands such as Olay, Bounty, Gillette, Swiffer, and Febreze clearly illustrate how deciding on a strategic approachand then making the right choices to support itmakes the difference between just playing the game and actually winning. Playing to Win outlines a proven method that has worked for some of today’s most celebrated brands and products. Let this book serve as your new guide to winning, as well.

©2013 A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin (P)2013 Audible, Inc.

Narrator:
Length: 7 hrs and 9 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Product Mastery

Product Mastery

8 ratings

Summary

Scrum is the most successful framework for agile product development, and much has been written about how to follow the Scrum process, but the key to success is in the leadership skills of the product owner. Product Mastery explores the traits of the best product owners, offering an insight into the difference between good and great product ownership and explaining how the best product owners are DRIVEN to be successful.

In a follow-up to the hugely successful Scrum Mastery, Geoff Watts shares more enlightening case studies on how to be:

Decisive with incomplete information.

Ruthless about maximizing value and minimizing risk.

Informed about your product’s domain.

Versatile in your leadership style.

Empowering of project stakeholders.

Negotiable while you pursue your vision.

This is essential for anyone involved in an agile product development effort.

Geoff Watts has been a thought leader in the agile development space for many years, and his books, training, and coaching have helped thousands of teams across the world deliver better products more effectively.

Geoff is the author of Scrum Mastery: From Good to Great Servant-Leadership and The Coach’s Casebook: Mastering The Twelve Traits That Trap Us, a winner of the 2016 International Book Awards.

"Product Mastery is a great book to read if you want to understand how a great Product Owner works. Whether you are hiring a Product Owner or want to be a great Product Owner, the insights that Geoff Watts shares in this book should be your guide." - Jeff Sutherland, co-creator of Scrum and author of Scrum: The Art of Doing Twice the Work in Half the Time

"Geoff has done a great job at distilling the soft skills product owners need to succeed. His new book is packed with practical advice to advance your skills and become a truly great product owner." - Roman Pichler, author of Strategize and Agile Product Management with Scrum

©2017 Inspect & Adapt Ltd (P)2018 Inspect & Adapt Ltd

Narrator: Geoff Watts
Author: Geoff Watts
Length: 5 hrs and 3 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Disrupt You!

Disrupt You!

41 ratings

Summary

In today's ever-changing and often-volatile business landscape, adaptability and creativity are more crucial than ever. It is no longer possible - or even desirable - to learn one set of job skills and work your way up the ladder. Rather, today's entrepreneurs and business leaders must anticipate change to create opportunities for professional success and personal satisfaction. In Disrupt Yourself, Jay Samit - a digital media expert who has launched, grown, and sold startups and Fortune 500 companies alike - describes the unique method he has used to invent new products and grow established businesses throughout his career. Samit has been at the helm of businesses in the ecommerce, digital video, social media, mobile communications, and software industries, helping to navigate them through turbulent economic times and guide them through necessary transformation so that they stay ahead of the curve and profitable. In Disrupt Yourself, he reveals how specific strategies that help companies flourish can be applied at an individual level. By challenging assumptions, pinpointing one's unique value, and identifying weaknesses in the structure of current industries, anyone can achieve success and lasting prosperity. Incorporating stories from his own experience and anecdotes from other innovators and disruptive businesses - including Richard Branson, Steve Jobs, Elon Musk, YouTube, Circ du Soleil, Odor Eaters, Iams Dog Food, Silly Putty, and many more - Samit shows how personal transformation can reap entrepreneurial and professional rewards. Disrupt You! offers clear and empowering advice for anyone looking to break through; anyone with a big idea but no idea how to apply it; and for anyone worried about being made irrelevant in an era of technological transformation. This engaging, perspective-shifting book demystifies the mechanics of disruption for individuals and businesses alike.

©2015 Jay Samit (P)2015 Macmillan Audio

Narrator: Jay Samit
Author: Jay Samit
Length: 8 hrs and 47 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Shakti Leadership

Shakti Leadership

5 ratings

Summary

Unlocking the Source for True Leadership Too many people, men and women alike, have bought into a notion of leadership that exclusively emphasizes traditionally "masculine" qualities: hierarchical, militaristic, win-at-all-costs. The result has been corruption, environmental degradation, social breakdown, stress, depression, and a host of other serious problems. Nilima Bhat and Raj Sisodia show us a more balanced way, an archetype of leadership that is generative, cooperative, creative, inclusive, and empathetic. While these are traditionally regarded as "feminine" qualities, we all have them. In the Indian yogic tradition they're symbolized by Shakti, the source that powers all life. Through exercises and inspirational examples, Bhat and Sisodia show how to access this infinite energy and lead with your whole self. Male or female, leaders who understand and practice Shakti Leadership act from a consciousness of life-giving caring, creativity, and sustainability to achieve self-mastery internally and be of selfless service to the world.

©2016 Nilima Bhat and Raj Sisodia (P)2016 Nilima Bhat and Raj Sisodia

Narrator: Barbara McAfee
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Great Leaders Have No Rules

Great Leaders Have No Rules

9 ratings

Summary

How can you be both the boss everyone wants to work for, and the high achiever every CEO wants to hire - all without drama, stress, or endless hours in the office? Great Leaders Have No Rules shows how a contrarian approach can be a better, faster, and easier way to succeed as a leader. Kruse shows with real-world case studies and quantitative research that you need to: Close your open door policy, play favorites, turn off your smartphone, show weakness, crowd your calendar and more.

©2019 KEVIN KRUSE (P)2019 KEVIN KRUSE

Available on Audible
Cover art for Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans

Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans

2 ratings

Summary

To win in business requires a winning business plan. To write a winning business plan requires listening to Garrett Sutton's dynamic audiobook on the topic. Writing Winning Business Plans provides the insights and the direction on how to do it well and do it right. Rich Dad/Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki says, "The first step in business is a great business plan. It must be a page turner that hooks and holds a potential investor. Garrett Sutton's Writing Winning Business Plans is the book for key strategies on preparing winning plans for both business and real estate ventures." Crisply told and featuring real life illustrative stories, Writing Winning Business Plans discusses all the key elements for a successful plan. Topics include focusing your business vision, understanding your financials and analyzing your competition. Also covered are how to really use your business plan as a tool and how to attract funding for your new or existing businesses. As business plan competitions become more popular around the world Writing Winning Business Plans also discusses how to enter and how to win these ever more lucrative contests. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

©2012 Garrett Sutton (P)2013 Hachette Audio

Length: 6 hrs and 36 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Running Lean, 2nd Edition

Running Lean, 2nd Edition

3 ratings

Summary

We live in an age of unparalleled opportunity for innovation. We're building more products than ever before, but most of them fail - not because we can't complete what we set out to build, but because we waste time, money, and effort building the wrong product. What we need is a systematic process for quickly vetting product ideas and raising our odds of success. That's the promise of Running Lean. In this inspiring book, Ash Maurya takes you through an exacting strategy for achieving a "product/market fit" for your fledgling venture, based on his own experience in building a wide array of products from high-tech to no-tech. Throughout, he builds on the ideas and concepts of several innovative methodologies, including the Lean Startup, Customer Development, and bootstrapping. Running Lean is an ideal tool for business managers, CEOs, small business owners, developers and programmers, and anyone who's interested in starting a business project. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2012 Ash Maurya (P)2020 Tantor

Narrator: Matthew Boston
Author: Ash Maurya
Length: 5 hrs and 40 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sense & Respond

Sense & Respond

2 ratings

Summary

We're in the midst of a revolution. Quantum leaps in technology are enabling organizations to observe and measure people's behavior in real time, communicate internally at extraordinary speed, and innovate continuously. These new, software-driven technologies are transforming the way companies interact with their customers, employees, and other stakeholders.   This is no mere tech issue. The transformation requires a complete rethinking of the way we organize and manage work. And, as software becomes ever more integrated into every product and service, making this big shift is quickly becoming the key operational challenge for businesses of all kinds. We need a management model that doesn't merely account for, but actually embraces, continuous change. Yet the truth is, most organizations continue to rely on outmoded, industrial-era operational models. They structure their teams, manage their people, and evolve their organizational cultures the way they always have.   Now, organizations are emerging, and thriving, based on their capacity to sense and respond instantly to customer and employee behaviors. In Sense & Respond, Jeff Gothelf and Josh Seiden vividly show how these companies operate, highlighting the new mindset and skills needed to lead and manage them - and to continuously innovate within them.

©2017 Jeff Gothelf and Josh Seiden (P)2019 Gildan Media

Narrator: Graham Rowat
Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Unscripted

Unscripted

215 ratings

Summary

You live in your dream house, but there's no mortgage. No alarm clock, no boss, no bills. No claims on the day's time other than what you choose. It is making more money before breakfast than you made for an entire week at your last job. It is a crazy expensive car parked in your garage, a victorious symbol that your dreams no longer sleep in fantasies, but are awake with reality. Make no mistake, this life exists. I know, because it has been mine for nearly 20 years. And in a few short years, it can be yours as well. Better, you won't need 5 tedious decades of thankless jobs, buzz killing frugality, and patient investing with our trusted friends on Wall Street. Unfortunately, you have been scripted to believe that such a life is out of your reach, or only possible for a certain type of person. Someone with a certain college degree, a certain amount of VC funding, or a certain contact list of connected friends from Stanford. I am here to tell you, that none of it is true. While I have been entrepreneur most of my life, I am no one special. You won't read about me over at Tech Crunch or in some Silicon Valley newsletter. While I have been an internet entrepreneur since the old "you've got mail" AOL days, I have never been funded by venture capitalists, I have never had a payroll with more than 5 people on it, and I have never studied computer science at school. Despite this, I am able to create profitable businesses that create the type of unscripted life described above. We are talking five- and six-figure monthly profits with valuations in the millions. Although I have had two successful exits, do not PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2017 MJ DeMarco (P)2017 Viperion Corporation

Narrator: Scott Thomas
Author: MJ DeMarco
Length: 17 hrs and 33 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Gig Economy

Gig Economy

Summary

The work environment has changed. While a few years ago you could land a good job and run it for the majority of your life, nowadays we all live in a continuous update cycle. We need to constantly change to keep up with the world, otherwise we are left behind. This is a necessity. And, since it's not a viable idea to land a lifetime job, why not turn yourself into a one man company, running your own freelancing business? The gig economy is exploding. Small and big companies are always looking for reliable, skilled and flexible people for a short term cooperation. Sure, short term is short term. But it can be extremely well paid and very profitable. And, in the gig economy, you're not restricted to a single client: you can work with multiple clients, building a reliable business on top of your passion - and be paid extremely well to run it.

©2019 Mariarita Crema (P)2019 Mariarita Crema

Narrator: Peter Prova
Author: Steven Depoy
Length: 4 hrs and 1 min
Available on Audible
Cover art for Choose Yourself!

Choose Yourself!

48 ratings

Summary

The world is changing. Markets have crashed. Jobs have disappeared. Industries have been disrupted and are being remade before our eyes. Everything we aspired to for "security," everything we thought was "safe," no longer is: College. Employment. Retirement. Government. It’s all crumbling down. In every part of society, the middlemen are being pushed out of the picture. No longer is someone coming to hire you, to invest in your company, to sign you, to pick you. It’s on you to make the most important decision in your life: Choose Yourself. New tools and economic forces have emerged to make it possible for individuals to create art, make millions of dollars, and change the world without "help." More and more opportunities are rising out of the ashes of the broken system to generate real inward success (personal happiness and health) and outward success (fulfilling work and wealth). This audiobook will teach you to do just that. With dozens of case studies, interviews and examples - including the author, investor and entrepreneur James Altucher's own heartbreaking and inspiring story - Choose Yourself illuminates your personal path to building a bright, new world out of the wreckage of the old.

©2013 James Altucher (P)2013 James Altucher

Narrator: James Altucher
Length: 4 hrs and 8 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Thank You Economy

The Thank You Economy

67 ratings

Summary

If this were 1923, this book would have been called "Why Radio Is Going to Change the Game" . . . If it were 1995, it would be "Why Amazon Is Going to Take Over the Retailing World" . . . The Thank You Economy is about something big, something greater than any single revolutionary platform. It isn't some abstract concept or wacky business strategy—it's real, and every one of us is doing business in it every day, whether we choose to recognize it or not. It's the way we communicate, the way we buy and sell, the way businesses and consumers interact online and offline. The Internet, where the Thank You Economy was born, has given consumers back their voice, and the tremendous power of their opinions via social media means that companies and brands have to compete on a whole different level than they used to. Gone are the days when a blizzard of marketing dollars could be used to overwhelm the airwaves, shut out the competition, and grab customer awareness. Now customers' demands for authenticity, originality, creativity, honesty, and good intent have made it necessary for companies and brands to revert to a level of customer service rarely seen since our great-grandparents' day, when business owners often knew their customers personally, and gave them individual attention. Here renowned entrepreneur Gary Vaynerchuk reveals how companies big and small can scale that kind of personal, one-on-one attention to their entire customer base, no matter how large, using the same social media platforms that carry consumer word of mouth.

©2011 Gary Vaynerchuk (P)2011 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Gary Vaynerchuk
Length: 5 hrs and 41 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Sooner Safer Happier

Sooner Safer Happier

2 ratings

Summary

It's no secret that we are living in the Digital Age. Technology companies make up seven of the world's ten largest firms by market capitalization. And the key to their success is the key to all modern organizations. Jonathan Smart, business agility practitioner, thought leader, and coach, reveals the patterns and antipatterns that will help organizations from every industry deliver better value sooner, safer, and happier through high levels of engagement, inclusion, and empowerment. Through his decades of experience in the technology world, Smart provides business leaders with a blueprint for creating a world-class organization of the future. Through Agile and Lean ways of working, business leaders can empower teams to improve production, grow together, and create better services for their customers. These better ways of working have overflowed from the IT department to every corner of successful organizations, taking root in every industry from aerospace to accounting, insurance to shipping. This book is not about software development. It is not a book about the computer industry. This book is about applying agility across the entire organization. It's a book that will put you at the front of change and ahead of the competition. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2020 Jonathan Smart (P)2020 Jonathan Smart

Available on Audible
Cover art for The Harvard Business Review Entrepreneur's Handbook

The Harvard Business Review Entrepreneur's Handbook

2 ratings

Summary

The one primer you need to develop your entrepreneurial skills. Whether you're imagining your new business to be the next big thing in Silicon Valley, a pivotal B2B provider, or an anchor in your local community, the Harvard Business Review Entrepreneur's Handbook is your essential resource for getting your company off the ground.   Starting an independent new business is rife with both opportunity and risk. And as an entrepreneur, you're the one in charge: Your actions can make or break your business. You need to know the tried-and-true fundamentals - from writing a business plan to getting your first loan. You also need to know the latest thinking on how to create an irresistible pitch deck, mitigate risk through experimentation, and develop unique opportunities through business model innovation.   The Harvard Business Review Entrepreneur's Handbook addresses these challenges and more with practical advice and wisdom from Harvard Business Review's archive. Keep this comprehensive guide with you throughout your startup's life - and increase your business's odds for success. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2018 Harvard Business School Publishing Corporation (P)2019 Gildan Media

Narrator: William Sarris
Length: 7 hrs and 30 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Angel

Angel

32 ratings

Summary

One of Silicon Valley's most successful angel investors shares his rules for investing in start-ups. There are two ways to make money in start-ups: create something valuable - or invest in the people that are creating valuable things. Over the past 25 years, Jason Calacanis has made a fortune investing in creators, spotting and helping build and fund a number of successful technology start-ups - investments that have earned him tens of millions of dollars. Now, in this enlightening guide that is sure to become the bible for 21st century investors, Calacanis takes potential angels step by step through his proven method of creating massive wealth: start-ups. As Calacanis makes clear, you can get rich - even if you came from humble beginnings (his dad was a bartender, his mom a nurse), didn't go to the right schools, and weren't a top student. The trick is learning how angel investors think. Calacanis takes you inside the minds of these successful moneymen, helping you understand how they prioritize and make the decisions that have resulted in phenomenal profits. He guides you step by step through the process, revealing how leading investors evaluate new ventures, calculating the risks and rewards, and explains how the best start-ups leverage relationships with angel investors for the best results. Whether you're an aspiring investor or a budding entrepreneur, Angel will inspire and educate you on all the ins of outs. Buckle up for a wild ride into the world of angel investing! This audiobook edition of Angel includes exclusive bonus one-on-one interviews with Jason Calacanis and professional angel investors. Featured are Founders Fund partner Cyan Banister, multiple start-up investor Gil Penchina, founding partner at XG Ventures Andrea Zurek, and serial entrepreneur and start-up mentor Ed Roman.

©2017 Calacanis, LLC. (P)2017 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Jason Calacanis
Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Life-Changing Habits Series

Life-Changing Habits Series

Summary

Would you like to finally take control of your destiny and create massive results in your life?   If so, my Life-Changing Habits series will help you start taking control of your life today!  What you'll get in this series: My comprehensive Goal Setting guide: Set exciting goals and achieve them with this in-depth guide. This is the only goal-setting audiobook you'll ever need! Habits That Stick: Create powerful habits that will stick years down the road and change your life one day at a time. Productivity Beast: Unleash your inner productivity beast and say goodbye to procrastination for good. Don't wait, click the buy button now and join thousands of like-minded people who have benefited from this life-changing series.

©2018 Thibaut Meurisse (P)2018 Thibaut Meurisse

Available on Audible
Cover art for Get in the Game

Get in the Game

Summary

Though technology has evolved at hyper-speed over the past 100 years, management styles have mostly stayed the same. The higher-ups make the decisions, and the employees grind it out, often without knowing the endgame. In 1983, Jack Stack created a new game: the great game of business.    Get in the Game further explains the rules of this game: To win, you must get everyone, at all levels of the business, as informed, involved, and engaged as the owner. This audiobook offers a step-by-step guide on how to teach employees the numbers, show them the big picture, and let them have a say in the company’s future. The game has already benefited thousands of companies. Is yours ready to get in the game?

©2019 The Great Game of Business, Inc. (P)2019 The Great Game of Business, Inc.

Narrator: Steve Baker
Length: 4 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for 7 Powers

7 Powers

2 ratings

Summary

7 Powers breaks fresh ground by constructing a comprehensive strategy toolset that is easy for you to learn, communicate, and quickly apply. Drawing on his decades of experience as a business strategy adviser, active equity investor and Stanford University teacher Hamilton Helmer develops from first principles a practical theory of strategy rooted in the notion of power, those conditions which create the potential for persistent differential returns.  Using rich real-world examples, Helmer rigorously characterizes exactly what your business must achieve to create power. And create power it must, for without it your business is at risk. He explains why invention always comes first and then develops the Power Progression to enable you to target when your power must be established: in the origination, take-off, or stability phases of your business. Every business faces a do-or-die strategy moment: a crux directional choice made amidst swirling uncertainty. To get this right you need at your fingertips a real-time strategy compass to discern your true north. 7 Powers is that compass.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©2016 Hamilton W. Helmer (P)2019 Echo Point Books & Media, LLC

Narrator: Joel Richards
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Agile Project Management for Dummies

Agile Project Management for Dummies

7 ratings

Summary

Be flexible and faster with Agile project management. As mobile and web technologies continue to evolve rapidly, there is added pressure to develop and implement software projects in weeks instead of months. Agile Project Management for Dummies can make that happen. This is the first book to provide a simple, step-by-step guide to Agile project management approaches, tools, and techniques. With the fast pace of mobile and web technology development, software project development must keep pace; Agile project management enables developers to complete and implement projects more quickly and this book shows you how. Offers a practical context for understanding and applying Agile techniques, moving from theory into actual practice Explains when to use Agile and how to avoid common pitfalls Written by experts who know how to apply the principles in real-world situations Agile Project Management for Dummies enables you to understand and apply Agile principles for faster, more accurate development. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

©2012 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (P)2017 Gildan Media LLC

Narrator: Sean Pratt
Length: 10 hrs and 15 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The Monk and the Riddle

The Monk and the Riddle

8 ratings

Summary

What would you be willing to do for the rest of your life? It's a question most of us consider only hypothetically - opting instead to "do what we have to do" to earn a living. But in the critically acclaimed best seller The Monk and the Riddle, entrepreneurial sage Randy Komisar asks us to answer it for real.

©2000, 2001 Randy Komisar (P)2018 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: Randy Komisar
Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Lights Out

Lights Out

Summary

A Wall Street Journal Best Seller How could General Electric - perhaps America’s most iconic corporation - suffer such a swift and sudden fall from grace? This is the definitive history of General Electric’s epic decline, as told by the two Wall Street Journal reporters who covered its fall. Since its founding in 1892, GE has been more than just a corporation. For generations, it was job security, a solidly safe investment, and an elite business education for top managers. GE electrified America, powering everything from lightbulbs to turbines, and became fully integrated into the American societal mindset as few companies ever had. And after two decades of leadership under legendary CEO Jack Welch, GE entered the 21st century as America’s most valuable corporation. Yet, fewer than two decades later, the GE of old was gone. Lights Out examines how Welch’s handpicked successor, Jeff Immelt, tried to fix flaws in Welch’s profit machine, while stumbling headlong into mistakes of his own. In the end, GE’s traditional win-at-all-costs driven culture seemed to lose its direction, which ultimately caused the company’s decline on both a personal and organizational scale. Lights Out details how one of America’s all-time great companies has been reduced to a cautionary tale for our times.

©2020 Thomas Gryta and Ted Mann (P)2020 Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Length: 13 hrs and 39 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Developing the Leaders Around You

Developing the Leaders Around You

2 ratings

Summary

Why do some people achieve great personal success, yet never succeed in building a business or making an impact in their organization? John C. Maxwell knows the answer. According to Maxwell, the greatest leadership principle that he has ever learned in over 35 years of leadership is that those closest to the leader will determine the success level of that leader. It’s not enough for a leader to have vision, energy, drive, and conviction. If you want to see your dream come to fruition, you must learn how to develop the leaders around you.  Whether you’re the leader of a non-profit organization, small business, or Fortune 500 company, Developing the Leaders Around You can help you to take others to the limits of their potential and your organization to a whole new level. Learn how to  Create an environment for potential leaders  Identify and nurture future leaders  Equip and develop leaders  Form a dream team of leaders Accompanying charts and assessments are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©1995 John C. Maxwell (P)2020 HarperCollins Leadership

Narrator: Henry O. Arnold
Length: 5 hrs and 22 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Social Media Marketing 2021 Complete Guide 2nd Edition

Social Media Marketing 2021 Complete Guide 2nd Edition

Summary

Have you heard that people can make money online, but you have no idea where to start? Are you tired of guides that do not provide practical steps to earning passive income? Are you tired of reading guides that do not show you how to get started? If you answered yes, then keep reading... There are lots of ways to make money from your home computer, and there are so many options out there...and this could make you really confused! But fortunately, you came into the right place! Still, passive income can be a great supplementary source of funds for many people during tough times, such as the government lockdown imposed in response to the coronavirus pandemic. Passive income can keep some money flowing when you lose a job or otherwise experience some financial hardship. There’s an easy, painless way to start your business right and double your income, allowing you the freedom to quit your day job and have more free time for yourself. Turn your computer into a money maker! Learn how to grow your income fast through multiple online activities such as affiliate marketing, dropshipping, and e-commerce. You can start your business while you still work your day job, so you can test out the many strategies in this audiobook or even set your own business on autopilot and invest no time at all while you’re still making money. This life-changing audiobook explains all of these strategies so that you can choose what works best for you! Go with one of them, or utilize all of the different ways you can work from home just selling products through e-commerce, dropshipping, and affiliate marketing with the best and latest 2021 social media marketing strategies. Then, you can replace your day job with your new income, or you can keep your day job and have two streams of income at the same time. Here's what you will find: How to jump-start your passive income business even if you have little or no capital and turn your computer into a money maker How to grow your income fast through multiple online activities (affiliate marketing, dropshipping, e-commerce) How to master and maximize the earning potential of dropshipping, affiliate marketing, and e-commerce business Exact methods to start, grow, and scale your online business Dropshipping and affiliate marketing from zero: Step-by-step guide to reach 10k a month Six ways to find a profitable, less-competitive niche How to find reliable superstar suppliers How to promote high ticket products and services from other people How to find a goldmine product that will skyrocket your revenue How to get initial traction and first sales Facebook marketing: Learn how to turn your Facebook account into a sales-generating machine using the latest, breakthrough marketing strategies. Instagram marketing: Learn how to turn your Instagram account into a sales-generating machine using the latest, breakthrough marketing strategies

©2021 Financial Freedom Academy (P)2021 Financial Freedom Academy

Narrator: Kevin Ford
Length: 5 hrs and 57 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Uncharted

Uncharted

2 ratings

Summary

A Financial Times Best Book of the Year From former CEO and popular TED speaker Margaret Heffernan comes a timely and enlightening book that equips you with the tools you need to face the future with confidence and courage. How can we think about the future? What do we need to do - and who do we need to be? In her bold and invigorating new book, distinguished businesswoman and author Margaret Heffernan explores the people and organizations who aren't daunted by uncertainty. We are addicted to prediction, desperate for certainty about the future. But the complexity of modern life won't provide that; experts in forecasting are reluctant to look more than 400 days out. History doesn't repeat itself and even genetics won't tell you everything you want to know. Tomorrow remains uncharted territory, but Heffernan demonstrates how we can forge ahead with agility.  Drawing on a wide array of people and places, Uncharted traces long-term projects that shrewdly evolved over generations to meet the unpredictable challenges of every new age. Heffernan also looks at radical exercises and experiments that redefined standard practices by embracing different perspectives and testing fresh approaches. Preparing to confront a variable future provides the antidote to passivity and prediction. Ranging freely through history and from business to science, government to friendships, this refreshing book challenges us to mine our own creativity and humanity for the capacity to create the futures we want and can believe in.

©2020 Margaret Heffernan. All rights reserved. (P)2020 Simon & Schuster, Inc. All rights reserved.

Length: 10 hrs and 51 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The 12 Week Year

The 12 Week Year

9 ratings

Summary

The guide to shortening your execution cycle down from one year to 12 weeks  Most organizations and individuals work in the context of annual goals and plans; a 12-month execution cycle. Instead, The 12 Week Year avoids the pitfalls and low productivity of annualized thinking. This book redefines your "year" to be 12 weeks long. In 12 weeks, there just isn't enough time to get complacent, and urgency increases and intensifies. The 12 Week Year creates focus and clarity on what matters most and a sense of urgency to do it now. In the end more of the important stuff gets done and the impact on results is profound. Explains how to leverage the power of a 12-week year to drive improved results in any area of your life Offers a how-to book for both individuals and organizations seeking to improve their execution effectiveness Authors are leading experts on execution and implementation Turn your organization's idea of a year on its head, and speed your journey to success.  PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio. 

©2013 Brian P. Moran and Michael Lennington (P)2014 Audible Inc.

Narrator: Tom Pile
Length: 5 hrs and 17 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for The E-Myth Enterprise

The E-Myth Enterprise

4 ratings

Summary

Michael Gerber, the world's top business guru and best-selling author, shows would-be entrepreneurs how to get started, operationalize their winning idea, and design a business that will thrive. Got a great idea to start a business? So now what? The E-Myth Enterprise explores the requirements that any new business must meet: the satisfaction of its four primary influencers - its employees, customers, suppliers, and investors - through four fundamental categories - visual, emotional, functional, and financial. Together these form the twin strategies every entrepreneur must use to design a business. The latest book in the Gerber franchise, The E-Myth Enterprise, fits neatly into a training program all entrepreneurs can use to fulfill their dreams.

©2009 Michael Gerber (P)2009 HarperCollins Publishers

Narrator: John H. Mayer
Length: 4 hrs and 28 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for Words That Change Minds

Words That Change Minds

5 ratings

Summary

Learn how to master influential language and get what you want, without manipulating. Do you work and live with people who are hard to convince? Who dismiss ideas before even thinking about them?  Do you want to know how to influence people, without being manipulative?  Want to find out how people get motivated, make decisions, how to be more persuasive with everyone?  Shelle Rose Charvet, best-selling author, shows you how to match your language to people around you (in your work, with your colleagues, your boss and your clients, and at home, with your partner, family and other relationships).   Learn the persuasion psychology spark interest and enthusiasm and get what you want.  In Words That Change Minds you will:   Learn the influence science and practice. Discover the ways people unconsciously get motivated, process information and make decisions. Decode any communication problem and solve it. Find out how to pry open mental space in even the most closed of minds.  Create rapport and credibility with anyone.  Avoid inadvertently saying or doing the wrong thing.  Get practical applications for sales, marketing, recruiting, negotiation, teaching, training, communication at work, conflict resolution.  Increase your impact in interpersonal communication, teamwork, and in mass communication.  The new third edition of Words That Change Minds has more than 50% new material; examples, research, advanced applications, with seven completely new chapters, including:  How to Complete a LAB Profile®  Conversational Coaching with the LAB Profile®  Understanding and Working with Combination Patterns  Solving Communication Problems  Influencing Strategies and Techniques  The LAB Profile® of Conflict  LAB Profile® Inventions and Tools, and more Interested? Just scroll up and get your copy today! PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.

©1995, 1997, 2019 Shelle Rose Charvet (P)2019 Shelle Rose Charvet

Length: 9 hrs and 58 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Build Your Network Marketing Business in 15 Minutes a Day

How to Build Your Network Marketing Business in 15 Minutes a Day

7 ratings

Summary

Too busy to build a network marketing business? Never!  Anyone can set aside 15 minutes a day to start building their financial freedom. Of course we would like to have more time, but in just 15 minutes we can change our lives forever.  How can we do this? With hyper-efficient ninja tricks, shortcuts, and focus on the activities that will pay off now.  Learn how to make invitations and appointments in seconds, with no rejection. Get immediate decisions from our prospects without long, boring sales presentations. Instead of chasing people, plant seeds so they will come to us. And follow-up? Easy when it is automated.  And what is the best part about having the skills to build in minimal time? Now we can talk to even the busiest of prospects and assure them they can fit our business into their schedule. Never worry about the "I don’t have time" objection again.  Don't let a busy life stop us from building our future. Discover the skills to change our lives in just 15 minutes a day.  Order your copy now!

©2018 Fortune Network Publishing (P)2018 Fortune Network Publishing

Available on Audible
Cover art for How to Be a Great Boss

How to Be a Great Boss

19 ratings

Summary

If your employees brought their "A-Game" to work every day, what would it mean for your company's performance? Studies have repeatedly shown that the majority of employees are disengaged at work. But it doesn't have to be this way. Often, the difference between a group of indifferent employees and a fully engaged team comes down to one simple thing - a great boss. In How to Be a Great Boss, Gino Wickman and René Boer present a straightforward, practical approach to help bosses at all levels of an organization get the most from their people. They share time-tested tools that have worked for more than 30,000 bosses in every industry. You can learn to be a great boss - and dramatically improve both your organization's performance and your team's excitement about their work.

©2016 Gino Wickman and René Boer (P)2016 Tantor

Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Length: 3 hrs and 37 mins
Available on Audible
Cover art for La semaine de 4 heures

La semaine de 4 heures

22 ratings

Summary

Le livre-bestseller ?1 sur les listes de Amazon, New York Times et Wall Street Journal ! Vous rêvez d'échapper à la routine du métro-boulot-dodo, de gagner de l'argent sans vous épuiser à la tâche, ou tout simplement de vivre mieux en travaillant moins ? Alors, voici ce que vous apprendra ce livre : comment vous organiser pour gagner en un mois, à raison de 4 heures par semaine, le salaire que vous gagnez jusqu'à présent en un an ; comment rejoindre les Nouveaux Bienheureux, qui réalisent leurs rêves et jouissent de la vie sans attendre une hypothétique retraite. Plus de bon temps, plus d'argent, plus de mobilité : ce livre est un véritable manifeste pour un changement radical de mode de vie. La recette de Timothy Ferriss est fondée sur sa propre expérience. Il vous démontrera qu'il est possible de diviser par deux sa masse de travail en identifiant les tâches essentielles et les plus rentables, d'utiliser l'assistanat à distance pour mettre en place un "management par l'absence", de cultiver l'ignorance sélective grâce à une diète d'informations... et ceci dans un unique but : mener une belle carrière d'entrepreneur en travaillant seulement 4 heures par semaine ! Cette nouvelle édition contient les témoignages de lecteurs qui ont doublé leurs revenus, délégué la plus grande partie de leurs tâches et réinventé leur vie après avoir lu ce livre. Vous y trouverez des procédures types pour vous libérer de votre dépendance aux mails, apprendre à négocier avec vos clients difficiles, ou rédiger une proposition de télétravail à l'attention de votre patron... Ainsi que les dernières astuces de Timothy Ferriss pour vivre comme un diplomate ou un millionnaire, sans être ni l'un ni l'autre !

©2007 / 2009 Tim Ferriss. Recorded by arrangement with Harmony Books, an imprint of the Crown Publishing Group, a division of Penguin Random House LLC. Translation by Pearson France (P)2016 AB Publishing

Length: 9 hrs and 31 mins
Available on Audible